Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Final EE Syllabus

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 127

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY DURGAPUR

B Tech in Electrical Engineering


CONTENTS
Vision and Mission
Program Educational Objectives
Program outcomes
Curriculum and Syllabi
Vision:
To impart quality education and focus on research and innovation in Electrical Sciences to cater to the
need of the country.

Mission:

To impart quality education for producing qualified and motivated Engineers and
Researchers who will contribute meaningfully to the growth and development of the
country.
To encourage the faculties and the students for research-oriented teaching-learning
environment in the department with a focus on excellence and innovation.
To pursue creative research and consultancy developing new technologies in Electrical
Engineering to serve the needs of industry and country as a whole.
To create congenial atmosphere for collaborative research, consultancy, and other
technical activities.

Programme Educational Objectives:

PEOS DESCRIPTION
PEO-1 Excel in professional career and or higher education by possessing fundamental
understanding and knowledge of Electrical Engineering.
PEO-2 Analyse real life problems and be able to provide solution that is technically sound,
economically feasible, socially acceptable and sustainable in a world of emerging
technologies.
PEO-3 Acquiring knowledge of major technological advancements and research initiatives and be
able to drive industrial growth and technological advancement in the chosen field of interest.
PEO-4 Exhibit professionalism, ethical attitude, communication skills, team work and leadership
quality in their profession and adapt to current trends by engaging in lifelong learning.
Program Outcomes (POs) of Electrical Engineering Department:

POS DESCRIPTION
PO-1 Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering
fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
PO-2 Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO-3 Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO-4 Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of
the information to provide valid conclusions.
PO-5 Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities
with an understanding of the limitations.
PO-6 The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant
to the professional engineering practice.
PO-7 Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need
for sustainable development.
PO-8 Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
PO-9 Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader
in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO-10 Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and
receive clear instructions.
PO-11 Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one‘s own work, as a member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO-12 Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs) of Electrical Engineering Department:

PSOS DESCRIPTION
PSO-1 Acquire specific knowledge and demonstrate their skills on testing of insulating
materials and high voltage equipment.
PSO-2 Acquire knowledge and demonstrate their skills on design, simulation,
fabrication, testing and operation & control of electrical systems.
CURRICULUM and SYLLABI of B. Tech in EE (2018-19 onwards)

CURRICULUM OF 2018 ONWARD UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION BATCH


First semester and second semester are common to all branches of Engineering. Some of the courses are grouped
for interchange between first and second semester for half of the students totaling credit unit 44 in first year (1st
and 2nd semester combined).
L= Lecture hour/ week; T= Tutorial hour/ week; S= Sessional/ practical hour/ week
C= Subject credit point; H= Subject contact hour/ week.

Semester - I
Sl.
Code Subject L T S C H
No
1 MAC01 Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 PHC01 Engineering Physics 2 1 0 3.0 3
3 CYC01 Engineering Chemistry 2 1 0 3.0 3
4 XEC01 Engineering Mechanics 2 1 0 3.0 3
5 ESC01 Environmental Science 2 0 0 2.0 2
6 XES51 Engineering Graphics 1 0 3 2.5 4
7 HSS51 Professional Communication Laboratory 1 0 2 2.0 3
8 PHS51 Physics Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
9 CYS51 Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
10 WSS51 Workshop Practice 0 0 3 1.5 3
11 XXS51 Co-curricular Activities - I 0 0 2 1.0 2
TOTAL 13 4 14 24.0 31

Semester - II
Sl.
Code Subject L T S C H
No
1 MAC02 Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 CSC01 Introduction to Computing 2 1 0 3.0 3
3 ECC01 Basic Electronics 2 1 0 3.0 3
4 EEC01 Electrical Technology 2 1 0 3.0 3
5 BTC01 Life Science 2 0 0 2.0 2
6 XXC01 The Constitution of India and Civic Norms 1 0 0 1.0 1
7 XES52 Graphical Analysis using CAD 0 0 2 1.0 2
8 CSS51 Computing Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
9 ECS51 Basic Electronics Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
10 EES51 Electrical Technology Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
11 XXS52 Co-curricular Activities - II 0 0 2 1.0 2
TOTAL 12 4 10 21.0 26
CURRICULUM OF 2018 ONWARD UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION BATCH
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING- B.TECH.

Semester - III

Sl. Code Subject L T S C H


1 MAC331 Mathematics - III 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 EEC301 Network Analysis and Synthesis 3 1 0 4.0 4
3 EEC302 Electrical and Electronics Measurements 3 1 0 4.0 4
4 ECC331 Analog Electronics 3 1 0 4.0 4
5 PHC332 Electromagnetic Field Theory 3 0 0 3.0 3
6 PHS382 Physics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
7 EES351 Electrical and Electronics Measurements Lab 0 0 3 1.5 3
8 XXS381 Co-curricular Activities - III (Optional) 0 0 0 0.0 0
TOTAL 15 4 6 22.0 25

Semester - IV
Sl. Code Subject L T S C H
1 EEC401 Power Systems - I 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 EEC402 Electrical Machines - I 3 1 0 4.0 4
3 EEC403 Digital Electronics 3 1 0 4.0 4
4 MEC431 Fluid and Thermal Engineering 3 0 0 3.0 3
5 YYO44* Open Elective - I 3 0 0 3.0 3
6 EES451 Network Analysis and Synthesis Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
7 ECS481 Analog Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
8 MES481 Fluid and Thermal Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
9 XXS481 Co-curricular Activities - IV (Optional) 0 0 0 0.0 0
TOTAL 15 3 9 22.5 27
Semester - V
Sl. Code Subject L T S C H
1 EEC501 Electrical Machines - II 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 EEC502 Control Systems 3 1 0 4.0 4
3 EEC503 Power Systems - II 3 1 0 4.0 4
4 EEC504 Power Electronics 3 1 0 4.0 4
5 YYO54* Open Elective - 2 3 0 0 3.0 3
6 ECS581 Digital Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
7 EES551 Control Systems Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
8 EES552 Electrical Machines Laboratory - I 0 0 3 1.5 3
9 XXS581 Co-curricular Activities - V (Optional) 0 0 0 0.0 0
TOTAL 15 4 9 23.5 28
Semester - VI

Sl. Code Subject L T S C H


1 HSC631 Economics and Management Accountancy 3 0 0 3.0 3
2 EEC601 Advanced Power Systems 3 1 0 4.0 4
3 EEC602 Microprocessor and Microcontroller 3 1 0 4.0 4
4 EEE610 -- Depth Elective - 1 3 0 0 3.0 3
5 EEE610 -- Depth Elective - 2 3 0 0 3.0 3
6 EES651 Electrical Machines - II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
7 EES652 Power Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
8 EES653 Power System Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
9 XXS681 Co-curricular Activities - VI (Optional) 0 0 0 0.0 0
TOTAL 15 2 9 21.5 26

Semester - VII

Sl. Code Subject L T S C H


1 MSC731 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3.0 3
2 EEE710 -- Depth Elective - 3 3 0 0 3.0 3
3 EEE710 -- Depth Elective - 4 3 0 0 3.0 3
4 EEE710 -- Depth Elective - 5 3 0 0 3.0 3
5 YYO74* Open Elective - 3 3 0 0 3.0 3
6 EES751 Microprocessor and Microcontroller Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
7 EES752 Advanced Power System Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
8 EES753 Electrical machine Design Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
Vocational Training /
9 EES754 0 0 2 1.0 2
Summer Internship and Seminar
10 EES755 Project - I 0 0 3 1.0 3
TOTAL 15 0 14 21.5 29

Semester - VIII

Sl. Code Subject L T S C H


1 EEE810 -- Depth Elective - 6 3 0 0 3.0 3
2 YYO84* Open Elective - 4 3 0 0 3.0 3
3 YYO85* Open Elective - 5 3 0 0 3.0 3
4 EES851 Project - II 0 0 15 5.0 15
5 EES852 Project Seminar 0 0 0 1.0 0
6 EES853 Viva Voce 0 0 0 1.0 0
TOTAL 9 0 15 16.0 24

CREDIT UNIT OF THE PROGRAM:


Semester I + II III IV V VI VII VIII TOTAL
Credit 45.0 22.0 22.5 23.5 21.5 21.5 16.0 172.0
Unit
2021 ONWARD UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION BATCH
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSE BASKETS
THE STUDENT CAN OPT ANY OPEN ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED IN A PARTICULAR SEMESTER,
EXCEPT THE SUBJECT(S) WITH HIS/ HER OWN DEPARTMENT CODE.

OPEN ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED IN A PARTICULAR SEMESTER BY EE DEPARTMENT

Basket– 1 (4th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO440 Fundamentals of Power Systems
EEO441 Concept of Industrial Electronics
EEO442 Energy Conservation, Audit and ICT & IOT Application for Monitoring
EEO443 Network Theory

Basket– 2 (5th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO540 Measurement and Instrumentation
EEO541 Fundamentals of Control Systems
EEO542 Power System Analysis and Design

Basket– 3 (7th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO740 Concept of Electrical Machines & Drives
EEO741 Biomedical Instrumentation
EEO742 Renewable Energy
EEO743 Flight control systems

Basket– 4 (8th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO840 Microgrid systems
EEO841 Biomedical Instrumentation
EEO842 Renewable Energy
EEO843 Digital Image Processing

Basket– 5 (8th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO850 Soft Computing Techniques
EEO851 Embedded Systems and Applications
EEO852 Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems
2018 ONWARD UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION BATCH
DEPTH ELECTIVE COURSE BASKETS
THE STUDENTS PRIMARILY WILL OPT FROM THE DEPTH ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED IN A
PARTICULAR SEMESTER BY HIS/ HER OWN DEPARTMENT. HOWEVER, A STUDENT CAN OPT FOR DEPTH
ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED BY OTHER DEPARTMENT IN A PARTICULAR SEMESTER, WITH THE
PERMISSION/ CONSENT FROM HIS/ HER HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT AND THE CONCERNED TEACHER OF
THAT SUBJECT.

DEPTH ELECTIVE COURSE BASKETS:

SIXTH SEMESTER

Subject Code Subject Name


EEE610 Numerical Analysis
EEE611 Instrumentation
EEE612 Modern Control Systems
EEE613 Special Electrical Machines
EEE614 Signals and Systems
EEE615 Advanced Power Electronics
EEE616 Soft Computing Theory and Applications

SEVENTH SEMESTER

Subject Code Subject Name


EEE710 Renewable Energy Systems
EEE711 Advanced Power Converters
EEE712 Generalized Theory of Electrical Machines
EEE713 Electrical Drives
EEE714 Power System Planning, Operation and Control
EEE715 Embedded Systems
EEE716 FACTS Device
EEE717 Generation & Utilization of Electrical Power
EEE718 Advanced Control Systems
EEE719 Microprocessor & Embedded Systems
EEE720 Digital Signal Processing
EEE721 Design of Flight Control Law
EEE722 Power system restructuring & deregulation

EIGHTH SEMESTER

Subject Code Subject Name


EEE810 Power System Transients & Power Quality
EEE811 Smart Grid
EEE812 Power system Reliability
Detailing of the Syllabi:
Semester - I

Sl.
Code Subject L T S C H
No
1 MAC01 Mathematics - I 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 PHC01 Engineering Physics 2 1 0 3.0 3
3 CYC01 Engineering Chemistry 2 1 0 3.0 3
4 XEC01 Engineering Mechanics 2 1 0 3.0 3
5 ESC01 Environmental Science 2 0 0 2.0 2
6 XES51 Engineering Graphics 1 0 3 2.5 4
7 HSS51 Professional Communication Laboratory 1 0 2 2.0 3
8 PHS51 Physics Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
9 CYS51 Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
10 WSS51 Workshop Practice 0 0 3 1.5 3
11 XXS51 Co-curricular Activities - I 0 0 2 1.0 2
TOTAL 13 4 14 24.0 31
Department of Mathematics
Course Title of the course Program Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code Core (PCR) Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
/ Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
MAC 01 MATHEMATICS - I PCR 3 1 0 4 4

Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
Basic concepts of function, limit, CT+MT+EA
differentiation, and integration.
Course  CO1: To introduce the fundamentals of differential calculus of single and several variables
Outcomes  CO2: To develop the basic concepts of integral calculus including multiple integrals and its
application in finding area, volume, centre of mass, centre of gravity etc.
 CO3: To introduce the fundamental concepts of vector calculus
 CO4: To develop the concept of convergence
Topics Functions of Single Variable: Rolle‘s Theorem and Lagrange‘s Mean Value Theorem (MVT),
Covered Cauchy's MVT, Taylor‘s and Maclaurin‘s series, Asymptotes & Curvature (Cartesian, Polar form).
(8)
Functions of several variables: Function of two variables, Limit, Continuity and Differentiability,
Partial derivatives, Partial derivatives of implicit function, Homogeneous function, Euler‘s theorem
and its converse, Exact differential, Jacobian, Taylor's & Maclaurin's series, Maxima and Minima,
Necessary and sufficient condition for maxima and minima (no proof), Stationary points,
Lagrange‘s method of multipliers. (10)
Sequences and Series: Sequences, Limit of a Sequence and its properties, Series of positive terms,
Necessary condition for convergence, Comparison test, D Alembert‘s ratio test, Cauchy‘s root test,
Alternating series, Leibnitz‘s rule, Absolute and conditional convergence.
(6)
Integral Calculus: Mean value theorems of integral calculus, Improper integral and it
classifications, Beta and Gamma functions, Area and length in Cartesian and polar co-ordinates,
Volume and surface area of solids of revolution in Cartesian and polar forms. (12)
Multiple Integrals: Double integrals, Evaluation of double integrals, Evaluation of triple integrals,
change of order of integration, Change of variables, Area and volume by double integration,
Volume as a triple integral. (10)
Vector Calculus: Vector valued functions and its differentiability, Line integral, Surface integral,
Volume integral, Gradient, Curl, Divergence, Green‘s theorem in the plane (including vector form),
Stokes‘ theorem, Gauss‘s divergence theorem and their applications.
(10)

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or 1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics: 10th edition, Wiley India Edition (2010).
2. Daniel A. Murray, Differential, and Integral Calculus, Fb & c Limited, 2018.
reference 3. Marsden, J. E; Tromba, A. J.; Weinstein: Basic Multivariable Calculus, Springer, 2014.
material Reference Books:
1. Tom Apostal, Calculus-Vol-I & II, Wiley Student Edition, 2011.
2. Thomas and Finny: Calculus and Analytic Geometry, 11th Edition, Addison Wesley.

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 2 3 1 1 - - 1 1 1 2
CO2 2 3 2 3 - 1 - - 1 1 2 2
MAC01
CO3 2 3 2 3 - 1 1 - - 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 1 1 - 1 - 2 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
PHC01 Engineering PCR 2 1 0 3 3
Physics
Pre-requisites: Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
NIL CT+MT+EA
Course CO1: To realize and apply the fundamental concepts of physics such as superposition principle, simple
Outcomes harmonic motion to real world problems.
CO2: Learn about the quantum phenomenon of subatomic particles and its applications to the practical
field.
CO3: Gain an integrative overview and applications of fundamental optical phenomena such as
interference, diffraction, and polarization.
CO4: Acquire basic knowledge related to the working mechanism of lasers and signal propagation
through optical fibers.
Topics Harmonic Oscillations - Linear superposition principle, Superposition of two perpendicular
Covered oscillations having same and different frequencies and phases, Free, Damped and forced vibrations,
Equation of motion, Amplitude resonance, Velocity resonance, Quality factor, sharpness of resonance,
etc. [8]
Wave Motion - Wave equation, Longitudinal waves, Transverse waves, Electro-magnetic waves. [3]
Introductory Quantum Mechanics - Inadequacy of classical mechanics, Blackbody radiation,
Planck‘s quantum hypothesis, de Broglie‘s hypothesis, Heisenberg‘s uncertainty principle and
applications, Schrodinger‘s wave equation and applications to simple problems: Particle in a one-
dimensional box, Simple harmonic oscillator, Tunnelling effect. [8]
Interference & Diffraction - Huygens‘ principle, young‘s experiment, Superposition of waves,
Conditions of sustained Interference, Concepts of coherent sources, Interference by division of
wavefront, Interference by division of amplitude with examples, The Michelson interferometer and
some problems; Fraunhofer diffraction, Single slit, Multiple slits, Resolving power of grating. [13]
Polarisation - Polarisation, Qualitative discussion on Plane, Circularly and elliptically polarized light,
Malus law, Brewster‘s law, Double refraction (birefringence) - Ordinary and extra-ordinary rays,
Optic axis etc.; Polaroid, Nicol prism, Retardation plates and analysis of polarized lights. [5]
Laser and Optical Fiber - Spontaneous and stimulated emission of radiation, Population inversion,
Einstein‘s A & B co-efficient, Optical resonator and pumping methods, He-Ne laser. Optical Fibre–
Core and cladding, Total internal reflection, Calculation of numerical aperture and acceptance angle,
Applications. [5]
Text Books, TEXT BOOKS:
and/or 1. The Physics of Vibrations and Waves, H. John Pain, Willy, and Sons
reference 2. Vibrations and Waves in Physics, Iain G. Main, Cambridge University Press
material 3. Engineering Physics, H. K. Malik and A. K. Singh, McGraw-Hill.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Quantum Physics, R. Eisberg and R. Resnick, John Wiley, and Sons
2. Fundamental of Optics, Jankins and White, McGraw-Hill
3. Optics, A. K. Ghatak, Tata McGraw-Hill
4. Waves and Oscillations, N. K. Bajaj, Tata McGraw-Hill
5. Lasers and Non-linear Optics, B. B. Laud, New Age International Pvt Lt

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - 1
CO2 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - 1
PHC01
CO3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 1
CO4 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
CYC 01 Engineering PCR 2 1 0 3 3
Chemistry
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end assessment
(EA))
None CT+MT+EA
Course  CO1: Introduced to chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, electrochemistry, absorption, and catalytic
Outcomes processes for engineering applications
 CO2: To learn fundamentals of polymer chemistry and petroleum engineering.
 CO3: Introduced to basic spectroscopic techniques for structure determination and characterization.
 CO4: To study few inorganic and bioinorganic compounds of industrial importance.
Topics Covered ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
i. Fundamentals of organic reaction mechanisms; Few important reactions and their mechanism along
with their applications; Robinson annulation, Hydroboration reaction, Organometallic reagents
(Gilman reagents), Metathesis using Grubb‘s catalyst and Wittig reaction. (3)
ii. Fundamental concept on stereochemistry and application: Conformation and configuration of
organic compounds, Diastereo-selective, enantio-selective, regio-selective, stereo-specific, and
stereo-selective reactions. (3)
iii. Polymer chemistry and polymer engineering: Fundamental concept on polymer chemistry; synthesis
and application of important polymers, Rubber, and plastic materials. Conducting polymer. (2)
iv. Petroleum Engineering and oil refinery: origin of mineral oils, separation principle and techniques
of distillation of crude oil, Uses of different fractions, octane number, cetane number, Knocking,
anti-knock compounds, and Bio-Fuel. (2)
v. Structure elucidation of organic compounds by modern spectroscopic methods; Application of UV-
Visible and FT-IR spectroscopy. (3)
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
i. Coordination Chemistry: Crystal Field Theory of octahedral and tetrahedral complexes, colour
and magnetic properties, Jahn-Teller distortion, pseudo Jahn-Teller distortion, Isomerism, and
stereochemistry. (5)
ii. Bioinorganic Chemistry: Heme and non-heme O2 transport protein (Haemoglobin, Myoglobin),
Chlorophyll and photosynthesis. (3)
iii. Inorganic Materials: Introduction towards industrially important inorganic materials like
cementing material, refractory material, fertiliser, inorganic polymer. (2)
iv. Organometallic Chemistry: π-acid ligands, stabilization of metal low oxidation state and 18
electron rules, metal carbonyls and nitrosyls, metal-alkene complexes. (4)
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
i. Thermodynamics: 2nd law of thermodynamics, entropy, free energy, Gibbs Helmholtz equation,
change of phase. Cryogenics: joule Thomson experiment. (4)
ii. Chemical Kinetics: 2nd and 3rd order rate expression, Reversible reaction, Chain reaction,
Consecutive reaction, Temp effect on reaction rate. (4)
iii. Electrochemistry: Electrochemical cell, Effect of pH, precipitation, and complex formation on
EMF of oxidation/reduction processes. (2)
iv. Absorption: Physical and Chemical absorption, Absorption isotherms. (1)
v. Catalysis: Types of catalysis, Rate expression for Catalysed reaction, Acid-base and Enzyme
catalysis. (2)

Text Books, Suggested Text Books:


and/or reference (i) Physical Chemistry by P. Atkins, Oxford
material (ii) A guidebook to mechanism in Organic chemistry: Peter Sykes; Pearson Edu.
(iii) Inorganic Chemistry Part-I & II, R. L. Dutta, The new book stall
Suggested Reference Books:
Organic Chemistry:
(i) Basic stereochemistry of organic molecules: S. Sengupta; Oxford University press
(ii) Engineering Chemistry: Wiley
(iii) Elementary Organic Spectroscopy: William Kemp, ELBS with Macmillan
Inorganic Chemistry:
(i) Inorganic Chemistry: Principle structure and reactivity, J. E. Huheey, E. A. Keiter and R. L. Keiter,
Pearson Education
(ii) Bioinorganic Chemistry -- Inorganic Elements in the Chemistry of Life: An Introductionand Guide, 2nd
Edition, Wolfgang Kaim, Brigitte Schwederski, Axel Klein.
(iii) Inorganic Chemistry Fourth Edition, Shriver & Atkins, Oxford
Physical Chemistry:
(i) Physical Chemistry by G.W Castellan
(ii) Physical Chemistry by P. C. Rakshit

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
CYC 01
CO3 1 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 - 1 - - 2 - 1 - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the Program Total Number of contact hours Credit


Code course Core (PCR) Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
/ Electives (L) (T) (P)# Hours
(PEL)
XEC01 ENGINEERING PCR 2 1 0 3 3
MECHANICS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course  CO1: Acquire knowledge of mechanics and ability to draw free body diagrams.
Outcomes  CO2: Apply knowledge of mechanics for solving special problems like truss and frame
analysis.
 CO3: Ability to calculate centroid, moments of inertia for various shapes.
 CO4: Learn momentum and energy principles.
 CO5: Knowledge on virtual Work Principle and its application
Topics Engineering Mechanics; measurement and SI units. [1]
Covered Vectors and force as a vector; Resultant of a system of forces on a particle; free body diagram and
conditions of equilibrium of a particle; problems on particles; equilibrium of particles in space. [2]
Resultant of a system of forces and couples on a rigid body; conditions of equilibrium of a rigid
body; free body diagrams of rigid bodies subjected to different types of constraints; simple space
problems of rigid bodies. [4]
Coefficients of static and kinetic friction; problems involving friction; theories of friction on square
threaded power screw and flat belt. [5]
Simple trusses; analysis of trusses by method of joints and method of sections. [5]
Centre of gravity and centre of mass; centroids of lines, curves and areas; first moment of area;
second moment of area; polar moment of inertia; radius of gyration of an area; parallel axis theorem;
mass moment of inertia. [4]
Path, velocity, acceleration; rectilinear and curvilinear motion; motion of system of particles;
introduction to the concept of plane kinematics of rigid bodies. [6]
Newton's second law of motion; dynamic equilibrium and D'Alembert's principle; linear momentum;
angular momentum; rectilinear and curvilinear motion; principles of work–energy and impulse–
momentum; impact of system of particles; introduction to the concept of plane kinetics of rigid
bodies. [12]
Principle of Virtual Work, Solution of Problems on Mechanics using Principle of Virtual Work [3]
Text Books, 1) S P Timoshenko and D H Young, Engineering Mechanics, 5th Edition
and/or 2) J L Meriam and L G Kraige, Engineering Mechanics, 5th Edition, Wiley India
reference 3) F P Beer and E R Johnston, Vector Mechanics for Engineers
material 4) I H Shames, Engineering Mechanics
Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)
Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 - - - - - - - - - - 1
CO2 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - 1
XEC01 CO3 1 1 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO4 1 2 - - - - - - - - - 1
CO5 - 2 2 2 2 1 - - - 1 - 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P)# Hours
(PEL)
ESC01 Environmental PCR 2 0 0 2 2
Science
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course  CO1: Understand the importance of environment and ecosystem.
Outcomes  CO2: Understand the fundamental aspect of pollutant tracking and its implementation in natural
and anthropogenic pollution of air and water system.
 CO3: Understand the scientific basis of local and as well as global issues.
 CO4: Apply of knowledge to develop sustainable solution.
Topics Introduction: Multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies; Basic issues in Environmental
Covered Studies. [2]
Human population and the Environment. [1]
Social issues and the Environment. [1]
Constituents of our Environment & the Natural Resources: Atmosphere– its layers, their
characters; Global warming, Ozone depletion, Acid rain, etc. [5]
Hydrosphere - Its constituents, Oceans, Groundwater, Surface waters; Hydrological cycle. [4]
Lithosphere - constituents of lithosphere; Rock and Mineral resources; Plate Tectonic Concept and
its importance. [5]
Biosphere– its components; Ecosystems and Ecology; Biodiversity; Biomes. [5]
Natural disaster and their management – Earthquakes, Floods, Landslides, Cyclones. [3]
Pollution: Pollutants and their role in air and water pollution. [2]
Text Books, 1. Environmental Studies – Benny Joseph – Tata McgrawHill-2005
and/or 2.Environmental Studies – Dr. D.L. Manjunath, Pearson Education-2006.
reference 3.Principles of Environmental Science and Engineering – P. V. Rao, PHI.
material 4. Environmental Science and Engineering – Meenakshi, Prentice Hall India.
5.Environmental studies – R. Rajagopalan – Oxford Publication - 2005.
6. Text book of Environmental Science & Technology – M. A. Reddy – BS Pub.

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
ESC01 CO2 1 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
CO3 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - -
CO4 1 - 3 - - 2 1 - - - - -
Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
XES51 ENGINEERING
PCR 1 0 3 4 2.5
GRAPHICS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
NIL CT+EA
Course  CO1: Ability of mental visualization of different objects
Outcomes  CO2: Theoretical knowledge of orthographic projection to solve problems on one/two/three
dimensional objects
 CO3: Able to read/interpret industrial drawing and to communicate with relevant people
Topics Graphics as language of communication; technical drawing tools and their up-keep; types of lines;
Covered construction of geometrical figures; lettering and dimensioning. [6]
Construction and use of scales; construction of curves of engineering importance such as curves of
conic section; spirals, cycloids, involutes and different loci of points; use of equations for drawing
some curves. [9]
Descriptive geometry: necessity and importance of orthographic projection; horizontal and vertical
reference planes; coordinate of points; orthographic projection of points and lines situated in different
quadrants, viz. 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th quadrants; traces of lines. First angle and third angle projection of
lines and planes; views from top, front and left (or right); true length and true inclination of lines with
planes of projections; primary auxiliary projection of points, lines and planes; auxiliary plan and
auxiliary elevation. [9]
Projection of simple regular solids, viz. prisms, cubes, cylinders, pyramids, cones, tetrahedrons,
spheres, hemi-spheres etc. [6]
Section of solids; section by perpendicular planes; sectional views; true shapes of sections. [6]
Dimensional techniques; international and national standards (ISO and BIS). [3]
Freehand graphics. [3]
Text Books, 1)… Engineering Drawing and Graphics – K Venugopal
and/or 2)… Engineering Drawing – N D Bhat
reference 3)… Practical Geometry and Engineering Graphics – W Abbott
material

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 1 - - - - - - - - - - -
XES51 CO2 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 1 - 1 - - - - - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code Core Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PCR) / (L) (T) (P) Hours
Electives
(PEL)
HSS51 Professional PCR 1 0 2 3 2
Communication
Lab
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
None CT+EA
Course  CO1: Improvement in linguistic proficiency of the learners
Outcomes  CO2: Improvement in communicative ability of the learners
Topics 1. Professional Communication: Introduction (1)
Covered 2. Technical Writing: Basic Concepts (2)
3. Style in Technical Writing (3)
4. Technical Report (2)
5. Recommendation Report (2)
6. Progress Report (1)
7. Technical Proposal (3)
8. Business Letters (3)
9. Letters of Job Application (2)
10. Writing Scientific and Engineering Papers (3)
11. Effective Use of Graphic Aids (2)
12. Presentation Techniques (6)
13. Group Discussion (6)
14. Interview Techniques (6)
Text Books, Text Book:
and/or 1. English for Engineers –Sudharshana & Savitha (Cambridge UP)
reference
material Reference Books:
1. Technical Communication—Raman & Sharma (Oxford UP)
2. Effective Technical Communication—M A Rizvi (McGraw Hill Education)

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - 1 - - 1 3 - 3
HSS51
CO2 - - - - - 2 - - 2 3 - 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code Core (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P)# Hours
(PEL)
PHS51 PHYSICS PCR 0 0 2 2 1
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
NIL CT+EA
Course  CO1: To realize and apply different techniques for measuring refractive indices of different
Outcomes materials.
 CO2: To realize different types of waveforms in electrical signals using CRO.
 CO3: To understand charging and discharging mechanism of a capacitor.
 CO4: To understand interference, diffraction and polarization related optical phenomena.
 CO5: To acquire basic knowledge of light propagation through fibers.
Topics 1. Find the refractive index of a liquid by a travelling microscope.
Covered 2. Determine the refractive index of the material of prism using spectrometer.
3. Determination of amplitude and frequency of electrical signals by oscilloscope.
4. To study the characteristics of RC circuits.
5. To study Brewster‘s law/Malus‘ law using laser light.
6. To study the diffraction of light by a grating.
7. To study the interference of light by Newton‘s ring apparatus.
8. To determine numerical aperture of optical fiber.
9. Determination of Planck constant.
Text Books, SUGGESTED BOOKS:
and/or 1) A Text Book on Practical Physics – K. G. Majumdar.
reference 2) Practical Physics – Worsnop and Flint
material REFERENCE:
1) Instruction sheets

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - 2 1 - 1
CO2 3 2 1 - - 1 - - 2 1 - 1
PHS51 CO3 3 1 - - - - - - 2 1 - 1
CO4 3 2 - 1 - 1 1 - 2 1 - 1
CO5 3 2 1 - 1 1 1 - 2 1 - 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
CYS51 CHEMISTRY PCR 0 0 2 2 1
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
None CT+EA
Course  CO1: To learn basic analytical techniques useful for engg applications.
Outcomes  CO2: Synthesis and characterization methods of few organic, inorganic and polymer
compounds of industrial importance.
 CO3: Learn chromatographic separation methods.
 CO4: Applications of spectroscopic measurements.
Topics i. Experiments based on pH metry: Determination of dissociation constant of weak acids by pH
Covered meter.
ii. Experiments based on conductivity measurement: Determination of amount of HCl by
conductometric titration with NaOH.
iii. Estimation of metal ion: Estimation of Fe2+ by permangnomentry
iv. Estimation of metal ion: Determ. of total hardness of water by EDTA titration.
v. Synthesis and characterization of inorganic complexes: e. g. Mn(acac) 3, Fe(acac)3, cis-
bis(glycinato)copper (II) monohydrate and their characterization by m. p. , FTIR etc.
vi. Synthesis and charact. of organic compounds: e.g. Dibenzylideneacetone.
vii. Synthesis of polymer: polymethylmethacrylate
viii. Verification of Beer-Lamberts law and determination of amount of iron present in a supplied
solution.
ix. Chromatography: Separation of two amino acids by paper chromatography
x. Determination of saponification value of fat/ vegetable oil
Suggested Text Books:
1. Vogel's Quantitative Chemical Analysis (6th Edition) Prentice Hall
2. Advanced Physical Chemistry Experiments: By Gurtu & Gurtu
3. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis By V. K. Ahluwalia and S.
Dhingra
Suggested Reference Books:
1. Practical Chemistry By R.C. Bhattacharya
2. Selected experiments in Physical Chemistry By N. G. Mukherjee

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 - 1 - 1 1 2 - - - - - -
CYS51
CO3 2 - - 1 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 - 1 - 1 1 - - - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P)# Hours
(PEL)
WSS51 WORKSHOP PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
PRACTICE
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
NIL CT+EA

Course  CO1: Study and practice on machine tools and their operations
Outcomes  CO2: Practice on manufacturing of components using workshop trades including fitting,
carpentry, foundry and welding
 CO3: Identify and apply suitable tools for machining processes including turning, facing,
thread cutting and tapping
 CO4: Develop basic electrical engineering knowledge for house wiring practice

Topics M/c shop & Carpentry shop -- 3X3= 9hrs.


Covered  Introduction on machining process.
 Introduction to machine tools- Lathe, Shaper, Milling and Drill machine.
 Introduction to woods- Types, structure, disease and defect of wood.
 Introduction to wood working machines and tools.
 Making of dovetail joint and bridle joint.
Welding Shop & Sheet metal -- 3X3= 9hrs.
 Introduction to welding.Safety and precautions in welding.
 Formation of weld bead by SMAW on mild steel flat.
 Formation of weld bead by oxy-fuel welding on mild steel flat.
 Introduction to sheet Metal works.
 Tools and Machines used in sheet metal works.
 Concept of development, marking out of metal sheets.
 Cutting and joining of metal sheets.
 Safety precautions, General warning needed in the shop floor.
Black smithy & Foundry -- 3X3= 9hrs.
 Introduction Smithing and Forging- Tools, Machines, Furnaces and its accessories, fuels.
 Safety and precautions in blacksmithy.
 Making of bars of different cross-sections.
 Making of hexagonal headed bolts.
 Forge welding.
 Introduction to Foundry Technology.
 Preparation of sand mould using Solid/Split Pattern.
Fitting & Electrical shop -- 3X3= 9hrs.
 Introduction to hand metal cutting tools with specifications, nomenclature and their use.
 Marking tools, measuring tools and their use.
 Fitting of joints of mild steel flats.
 Introduction to electrical hazards and safety precaution.
 Wire jointing and soldering.
 PVC Conduit Wiring controlled by separate single way switches.
 PVC Cashing Capping Wiring for two-way switches.
 Conduit wiring for the connection of a Calling Bell with In & Out Indicators.
 Batten Wiring and Cleat Wiring.
 Tube Light Connection.
 Insulation Resistance Testing of 1ph / 3ph Motor and House Wiring.
 Earth Resistance Testing.
 DOL Starter Connection.
Viva voce -- 1X3= 3hrs.
Text Books, 1. Workshop Technology Part I and Part II by W. A. J. Chapman
and/or 2. Elements of Workshop Technology S. K. Hazra Chowdhury, A. K. Hazra Chowdhury and Nirjhar
reference Roy
material 3. Mechanical Workshop Practice by K. C. John

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 - - - - 1 - - - 1 - -
CO2 1 - 1 - - 1 - - - 1 - -
WSS51
CO3 1 - 2 - - 1 - - - 1 - -
CO4 1 - - - - 2 - - - 1 - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Program Core Total Number of contact hours


Title of the
Course Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Credit
course
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
Co-curricular
XXS-51 PCR 0 0 2 2 1
Activities
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
NIL CT+EA
Course  CO1: Social Interaction: Through the medium of sports
Outcomes  CO2: Ethics: Recognize different value systems including your own, understand the
moral dimensions of your decisions, and accept responsibility for them
 CO3: Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Acquire the ability to engage in independent
and life-long learning in the broadest context socio-technological changes.
 CO4: Personality development through community engagement
 CO5: Exposure to social service
Topics YOGA
Covered  Introduction of Yoga.
 Sitting Posture/Asanas- Padmasana, Vajrasana, Ardha kurmasana, Ustrasana, Bakrasana,
Sasankasana, Janusirshasana, Suryanamaskar.
 Mudra- Gyana mudra, Chin mudra, Shuni mudra, Prana mudra, Adi mudra, Anjali
mudra.
 Laying Posture/Asanas- Pavana Muktasana, Uttana Padasana, Sarpasana, Bhujangasana
(Cobra Pose), Eka Pada Śalabhāsana, Dhanurasana, Chakrasana, Viparitkarani.
 Meditation- Yog nidra, Om chant, Pray chant.
 Standing Posture/Asanas- Tadasana (Mountain Pose), Vrikshasana (Tree Pose), Ardha
chandrasana, Trikonasana, Utkatasana, Padahastasana.
 Pranayama- Deep breathing, Anulom Vilom, Suryabhedi, Chandrabhedi.
 Kriya- Kapalbhati, Trataka.
ATHLETICS
 Introduction of Athletic.
 Starting Technique for Track events- Standing start, Crouch start & Block start.
 Finishing Techniques.
 Relay Race- 4×100m, 4×400m & Baton Exchange Technique & Rules.
 Track Marking with Fundamentals- 200m, 400m and Diagonal Distance Radius, Straight
Distance, Staggers of Different Lanes & Curve Distance.
BASKETBALL
 Introduction and Players stance and ball handling.
 Passing- Two hand chest pass, two hand bounce pass, One hand baseball pass, Side arm
pass, Overhead pass, Hook pass.
 Receiving- Two hand receiving, one hand receiving, receiving in stationary position,
Receiving while jumping and Receiving while running.
 Dribbling- Dribble, High dribble, Low dribble, Reverse dribble, Rolling dribble.
 Rules of Basketball.
 Basketball game.
VOLLEYBALL
 Introduction of Volleyball
 Service- Underarm service, Sidearm service, Tennis service, Floating service, Jump
service.
 Pass: Underarm pass- Ready position, Teaching stage of underarm pass and Upper hand
pass- Volley pass, Back pass, Short set, Jump set & Underarm set.
 Rules and their interpretation.
FOOTBALL
 Introduction of Football
 Push pass- Instep inside, Instep outer side.
 Kicking- Spot kick, Instep kick, Lofted kick.
 Dribbling- One leg, Both legs, Instep.
 Trapping- Rolling ball sole trapping, High ball sole trapping, High ball chest trapping,
High ball thigh trapping.
 Throwing- Standing throw, Running throw, Seating throw.
 Goal Keeping- Griping the ball, Full volley, Half volley, Drop Kick.
 Rules and their interpretation.
CRICKET
 Introduction of Cricket
 Batting gripping & Stance, Bowling gripping technique.
 Batting front foot defense & Drive.
 Batting Back foot defense & Drive.
 Batting Square cut.
 Bowling medium pace, Bowling off break.
 Fielding drill, Catching (Short & High).
 Rules & Regulation.
BADMINTON
 Basic introduction about Badminton and Badminton court.
 Racket parts, Racket Grip, Shuttle Grip.
 Basic stance, Basic Footwork, Shadow practice (Full court movement).
 Strokes services: Forehand- Overhead & Underarm, Backhand- Overhead & Underarm.
 Match practice (Single & Double).
 Rules & Regulation.
TABLE TENNIS
 Introduction of Table Tennis.
 Basic Stance and Grip (Shake hand & Pen hold).
 Service Basic.
 Stroke: Backhand- Push, Deep Push, Chop, Rally, Drive, Drop Shot, Flick, Block,
Smash.
 Stroke: Forehand- Push, Deep Push, Chop, Rally, Drive, Drop Shot, Flick, Block, Smash.
 Rules and their interpretations.
 Table Tennis Match (Singles & Doubles).
NCC
 FD-1 General Introduction and words of command.
 FD-2 Attention, Stand at ease and Stand easy, Turning and inclining at the halt.
 FD-3 Sizing, Forming up in three Ranks Numbering, Open and Close order March and
Dressing.
 FD-4 Saluting at the halt, Getting on parade, Dismissing and falling out.
 FD-5 Marching, Length of pace and Time of Marching in quick time and Halt, Slow
March and Halt.
 FD-7 Turning on the March and Wheeling.
 FD-12 Parade practice.
TAEKWONDO
 Introduction about Taekwondo- Meaning of Taekwondo, Korean language of dress,
Fighting area, Punch, Block, Kicks etc.
 Stance- Ready stance, Walking stance, Fighting stance, Front stance, Back stance, Cat
stance etc.
 Punch Technique- Front fist punch, Rear fist punch, Double fist punch, With stance etc.
Blocks- Upper blocks, Middle block, Side block, Suto etc.
 Foot Technique ( Balgisul)- Standing kick (Saseochagi), Front kick (Abchagi), Doliyo
(Chagi), Abdal chagi (Butterfly kick), Back kick etc.
NSS
 Swachha Bharat Mission
 Free Medical Camp
 Sanitation drive in and around the campus.
 Unnat Bharat Abhiyaan
 Matribhasha Saptah celebration

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - 2 - - 3 - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 - - - -
XXS51 CO3 - - - - - - 1 - - - - 3
CO4 - - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO5 - - - - - 3 1 - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Semester - II
Sl.
Code Subject L T S C H
No
1 MAC02 Mathematics - II 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 CSC01 Introduction to Computing 2 1 0 3.0 3
3 ECC01 Basic Electronics 2 1 0 3.0 3
4 EEC01 Electrical Technology 2 1 0 3.0 3
5 BTC01 Life Science 2 0 0 2.0 2
6 XXC01 The Constitution of India and Civic Norms 1 0 0 1.0 1
7 XES52 Graphical Analysis using CAD 0 0 2 1.0 2
8 CSS51 Computing Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
9 ECS51 Basic Electronics Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
10 EES51 Electrical Technology Laboratory 0 0 2 1.0 2
11 XXS52 Co-curricular Activities - II 0 0 2 1.0 2
TOTAL 12 4 10 21.0 26

Department of Mathematics
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
MAC 02 MATHEMATICS - II PCR 3 1 0 4 4

Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
Basic concepts of set theory, differential CT+MT+EA
equations, and probability.
Course  CO1: Develop the concept of basic linear algebra and matrix equations so as to apply
Outcomes mathematical methods involving arithmetic, algebra, geometry to solve problems.
 CO2: To acquire the basic concepts required to understand, construct, solve and interpret
differential equations.
 CO3: Develop the concepts of Laplace transformation & Fourier transformation with its property
to solve ordinary differential equations with given boundary conditions which are helpful in all
engineering & research work.
 CO4: To grasp the basic concepts of probability theory.
Topics Elementary algebraic structures: Group, subgroup, ring, subring, integral domain, and field.
Covered (5)
Linear Algebra: Vector space, Subspaces, Linear dependence and independence of vectors, Linear
span, Basis and dimension of a vector space. Rank of a matrix, Elementary transformations, Matrix
inversion, Solution of system of Linear equations, Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Cayley-Hamilton
Theorem, Diagonalization of matrices. (15)
Ordinary Differential Equations: Existence and uniqueness of solutions of ODE (Statement Only),
Equations of first order but higher degree, Clairaut‘s equation, Second order differential equations,
Linear dependence of solutions, Wronskian determinant, Method of variation of parameters, Solution
of simultaneous equations. (12)
Fourier series: Basic properties, Dirichlet conditions, Sine series, Cosine series, Convergence.
(4)

Laplace and Fourier Transforms: Laplace transforms, Inverse Laplace transforms, Convolution
theorem, Applications to Ordinary differential equations.

Fourier transforms, Inverse Fourier transform, Fourier sine and cosine transforms and their inversion,
Properties of Fourier transforms, Convolution. (10)
Probability: Historical development of the subject and basic concepts, Axiomatic definition of
probability, Examples to calculate probability, Random numbers. Random variables and probability
distributions, Binomial distribution, Normal distribution. (10)

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or 1. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics: 10th edition, Wiley India Edition (2010).
reference 2. Gilbert Strang, Linear algebra and its applications (4th Edition), Thomson (2006).
material 3. Shepley L. Ross, Differential Equations, 3rd Edition, Wiley Student Edition (2017).

Reference Books:
1. S. Kumaresan, Linear algebra - A Geometric approach, Prentice Hall of India (2000).
2. C. Grinstead, J. L. Snell, Introduction to Probability, American Mathematical Society.

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 - - - 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - 2 - - 1 - 2
MAC02
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 - 1 1 1 2
CO4 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 1 1 - - 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
CSC01 INTRODUCTION
PCR 2 1 0 3 3
TO COMPUTING
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
Basic knowledge of computer. CT+MT+EA

Course CO1: Recognize the changes in hardware and software technologies with respect to the evolution of
Outcomes computers and describe the function of system software‘s (operating Systems) and application
software‘s, languages, number system, logic gates.
CO2: Illustrate the flowchart and inscribe an algorithm for a given problem Inscribe C programs using
operators.
CO3: Develop conditional and iterative statements to write C programs.
CO4: Exercise user defined functions to solve real time problems
CO5: Inscribe C programs that use Pointers to access arrays, strings and functions.
CO6: Exercise user defined data types including structures and unions to solve problems.
Topics Covered Fundamentals of Computer: History of Computer, Generation of Computer, Classification of
Computers 2L Basic Anatomy of Computer System, Primary & Secondary Memory, Processing Unit,
Input & Output devices. [2]
Languages: Assembly language, high level language, compiler, and assembler (basic concepts) [1]
Binary & Allied number systems representation of signed and unsigned numbers. BCD, ASII. Binary
Arithmetic & logic gates. [2]
Basic concepts of operating systems like MS DOS, MS WINDOW, UNIX, Algorithm & flow chart.
[1]
C Fundamentals: The C character set identifiers and keywords, data type & sizes, variable names,
declaration, statements. [2]
Operators & Expressions: Arithmetic operators, relational and logical operators, type, conversion,
increment and decrement operators, bit wise operators, assignment operators and expressions,
precedence, and order of evaluation. Input and Output: Standard input and output, formatted output --
printf, formatted input scanf. [8]
Flow of Control: Statement and blocks, if - else, switch, loops - while, for do while, break and
continue, go to and labels. [5]
Fundamentals and Program Structures: Basic of functions, function types, functions returning values,
functions not returning values, auto, external, static and register Variables, scope rules, recursion,
function prototypes, C pre-processor, command line arguments. [5]
Arrays and Pointers: One-dimensional, two-dimensional arrays, pointers and functions, multi-
dimensional arrays. [10]
Structures Union and File: Structure, union, structures and functions, arrays of structures, file read,
file write.[5]
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Let us C by Kanetkar
reference 2. C Programming by Gottfried
material 3. Introduction to Computing by Balaguruswamy
4. The C-programming language by Dennis Ritchie
Reference Books:
1. Computer fundamental and programming in C by P Dey and M. Ghosh
2. Computer fundamental and programming in C by Reema Thareja
3. programming with C by Schaum Series

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 1 2 1 - - - - - - - -
CO2 - 2 1 2 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 1 2 - - 3 - - - - - - -
CSC01
CO4 1 3 1 2 3 - - - - - - 1
CO5 2 1 - - 3 - - - - - - -
CO6 2 - 3 - 1 - - - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code course (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
ECC01 Basic PCR 2 1 0 3 3
Electronics
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end assessment
(EA))
(10+2) level mathematics CT+MT+EA
and physics
Course  CO1: Knowledge of Semiconductor physics and devices.
Outcomes  CO2: Have an in depth understanding of basic electronic circuit, construction, operation.
 CO3: Ability to make proper designs using these circuit elements for different applications.
 CO4: Learn to analyze the circuits and to find out relation between input and output.
Topics 1. Semiconductors
Covered 1.1. Concept of band formation in solids; Fermi-Dirac distribution function, concept of Fermi
level, invariance of Fermi level in a system under thermal equilibrium
1.2. Definitions of insulator, conductor and semiconductor using band diagram
1.3. Crystalline structure of semiconductor
1.3.1. Covalent bond
1.3.2. Generation of holes and electrons
1.3.3. Effect of temperature on semiconductor
1.4 Intrinsic semiconductor
1.5 Doping and Extrinsic semiconductor
1.5.1 n-Type semiconductor and band diagram
1.5.2 p-Type semiconductor and band diagram
1.5.3 Mass-action law of semiconductor
1.6. Conductivity of semiconductor (including mathematical expression)
1.7 Carrier transport phenomenon. (03 hrs.)
2. Diodes
2.1. Construction
2.2. Unbiased diode; Depletion layer and Barrier potential; junction capacitance (expression only)
2.3. Principle of operation with forward biasing and reverse biasing
2.4. Characteristics
2.5 Diode‘s three models/equivalent circuits. (02 hrs.)
3.Diode Circuits
3.1 Diode rectifier
3.1.1 Half wave rectifier
3.1.2 Full wave rectifier: centre tap and bridge rectifier
3.1.3 Capacitive filter and DC power supply (Numerical problems)
3.2 Special Diodes
3.2.1 Zener diode: Avalanche breakdown and Zener breakdown and characteristics.
3.2.2 Zener diode as a voltage regulator
3.2.3 Display devices: LED and LCD. (03 hrs.)
4.Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT)
4.1 n-p-n and p-n-p transistor and their constructions
4.2 Principle of operation
4.3 Transistor configuration: common base, common emitter, and common collector
4.4 Transistor characteristics: input and output characteristics of CB and CE configurations
4.5 DC load line: quiescent (Q) point; cut-off, active, and saturation region
4.6 Amplifier: Principle of operation
4.7 Transistor as a switch. (04 hrs.)
5.Transistor Biasing
5.1 Need of biasing
5.2 Methods of biasing: base resistor or fixed bias, emitter feedback, voltage divider biasing
5.3 Stability of Q-point (qualitative discussions)
5.4 (Numerical problems). (02 hrs.)
6.Single Stage Amplifier:
classification of amplifiers (voltage amplifier, current amplifier, power amplifier
etc.) Class-A CE Amplifier with coupling and bypass capacitors, Qualitative
discussions of magnitude characteristics of frequency response (graph only) (02 hrs.)
7.Feedback Amplifier
7.1 Positive and negative feedback
7.2 Deduction of gain with negative feedback, explanation of stability of gain
with negative feedback, other effects of negative feedback (no deduction),
numerical problems. (03 hrs.)
8.Other Semiconductor Devices
8.1 JFET: Construction, principle of operation, characteristics
8.2 MOSFET: Construction, principle of operation, characteristics
8.3 Power Electronic Device-SCR: Brief discussions. (02 hrs.)
9.Operational Amplifier
9.1 Characteristics of ideal operational amplifier
9.2 Pin Configuration of IC 741,
9.3 Analysis of simple operational amplifier circuits: concept of virtual ground; noninverting
amplifier and inverting amplifier.
9.4 Applications: voltage follower, summer, differentiator, integrator, and comparator (04 hrs)
10.Oscillator
10.1 Positive feedback and condition of oscillation
10.2 R-C phase-shift oscillator, Wien bridge oscillator. (02 hrs.)
11.Boolean Algebra
11.1 Boolean algebra, De Morgan‘s theorem, simplification of Boolean expressions
11.2 Number system, range extension of numbers, overflow
11.3 Different codes: gray code, ASCII code and BCD codes and them
Applications. (01 hrs.)
12. Logic Gates
12.1 NOT, OR, AND, NOR, NAND, EX-OR, EX-NOR gates
12.2 Simplification of logic functions
12.3 Realizations of logic expressions using logic gates. (01 hrs.)
13. CRO and its applications and other test and measurement instruments. (01 hrs.)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Introduction Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory,11/e, 2012, Pearson: Boylestad&Nashelsky
reference 2. Electronic Principles, by Albert Paul Malvino Dr. and David J. Bates, 7/e.
material Reference Books:
1. Integrated Electronics by Millman, Halkias and Parikh, 2/e, McGrawHill.
2. ELECTRONICS Fundamentals and Applications by Chattopadhyay and Rakshit,15/e, New Age
Publishers.
3. The Art of Electronics by Paul Horowitz, Winfield Hill, 2/e, Cambridge University.
4. Electronics - Circuits and Systems by Owen Bishop, 4/e, Elsevier.
5. Electronics Fundamentals: Circuits, Devices & Applications by Thomas L. Floyd & David M.
Buchla, 8/e, Pearson Education.

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 2 2 - 1 - - - - - 1
CO2 3 2 1 2 2 1 - 2 2 - - 1
ECC01
CO3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 - - 1
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 - - 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code Program Core
(PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC01 ELECTRICAL
PCR 3 0 0 3 3
TECHNOLOGY
Pre-requisites
Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), Mid Term (MT), and end
assessment (EA))
NIL CT+MT+ EA
Course Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to
Outcomes  CO1: learn the fundamentals of Electric Circuits and Network theorems and analysis of
electrical network based on these concepts.
 CO2: develop an idea on Magnetic circuits, Electromagnetism and learning the working
principles of some fundamental electrical equipment‘s
 CO3: learn about single phase and poly-phase AC circuits and analysis of such circuits
based on these concepts.
 CO4: introduce the basic concept of single-phase transformer.
 CO5: analyze the transient phenomena in electrical circuits with DC excitation.
Topics Introduction: Overview of Electrical power generation systems (2)
Covered Fundamentals of Electric Circuits: Ohm‘s laws, Kirchhoff‘s laws, Independent and Dependent
sources, Analysis of simple circuits. (4)
Network theorems: Superposition Theorem, Thevenin‘s Theorem, Norton‘s Theorem, Maximum
Power Transfer Theorem (4)
Magnetic circuits: Review of fundamental laws of electromagnetic induction, transformer and
rotational emfs, Solution of magnetic circuits. Analysis of coupled circuits (self-inductance, mutual
inductance, and dot convention) (8)
Transients with D.C. excitation for R-L and R-C circuits. (3)
Generation of alternating voltage and current, E.M.F. equation, Average and R.M.S. value, Phase and
phase difference, Phasor representation of alternating quantity, Behavior of A.C. circuits, Resonance
in series and parallel R-L-C circuits. AC Network: Superposition theorem, Thevenin‘s theorem,
Norton‘s theorem, maximum power transfer theorem, solution of networks with AC sources. (10)
Single-Phase Transformer, equivalent circuits, open circuit and short circuit tests (6)
Poly-phase system, Advantages of 3-phase system, Generation of 3-phase voltages, Voltage, current
and power in a star and delta connected systems, 3-phase balanced and unbalanced circuits, Power
measurement in 3-phase circuits. (5)

Textbooks/ Reference
material Textbooks:
1. Electrical & Electronic Technology by Hughes, Pearson Education India
Reference Books:
1. Advanced Electrical Technology by H. Cotton, Reem Publication Pvt. Ltd
2. Electrical Engineering fundamentals by Vincent Deltoro, Pearson Education India

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

COs
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
BTC01 LIFE SCIENCE PCR 2 0 0 2 2
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))

CT+MT+EA
Course CO1: Basic understanding of basic cellular organization of organisms and cellular communications,
Outcomes structure and functions of the macromolecules and their biosynthesis and cata--bolism.
CO2: To give an understanding of the key features of the structure, growth, physiology and behavior
of bacteria, viruses, fungi and protozoa
CO3: To introduce molecular biology to understand biological processes in various applications.
CO4: To provide a foundation in immunological processes and an overview of the interaction
between the immune system and pathogens.
CO5: To provide knowledge about biological and biochemical processes that require engineering
expertise to solve them
Topics 1. Cell Biology (4)
Covered a) Introduction to life science: prokaryotes & eukaryotes
Definition; Difference
b) Introduction to cells - Define cell, different types of cell
c) Cellular organelles - All organelles and functions in brief
d) Cellular communications
Introduction to basic signaling; endocrine, paracrine signaling; concepts of receptor, ligand,
on-off switch by phosphorylation/dephosphorylation
2. Biochemistry (4)
a) Biological function of carbohydrate and lipid - Introduction, structure and function
b) Biological function of nucleic acids and protein - structure and function
c) Catabolic pathways of Macromolecules - Introduction to catabolism, hydrolysis and
condensation reactions; Catabolism of glucose- Glycolysis, TCA; overall degradation of
proteins and lipids
d) Biosynthesis of Macromolecules
Generation of ATP (ETS), Generation of Glucose (Photosynthesis)
3. Microbiology (5)
a) Types of microorganisms and their general features - Bacteria, Yeast, Fungi, Virus,
Protozoa- general introduction with practical significance and diseases
b) Microbial cell organization - Internal and External features of cell- bacterial cell wall, viral
capsule, pilus etc,
c) Microbial nutritional requirements and growth - Different Sources of energy; growth curve
d) Basic microbial metabolism - Fermentation, Respiration, Sulfur, N2 cycle
4. Immunology (5)
a) Basic concept of innate and adaptive immunity - Immunity-innate and adaptive, differences,
components of the immune system
b) Antigen and antibody interaction - Antigen and antibody, immunogen, factors affecting
immunogenicity, basic antigen-antibody mediated assays, introduction to monoclonal
antibody
c) Functions of B cell - B cell, antibody production, memory generation and principle of
vaccination
d) Role of T cell in cell-mediated immunity - Th and Tc, functions of the T cell with respect to
different pathogen and cancer cell
5. Molecular Biology (5)
a) Prokaryotic Genomes (Genome organization & structure) - Nucleoid, circular or linear
b) Eukaryotic Genomes (Genome organization & structure) - Intron, exon, packaging,
chromatin
c) Central Dogma (Replication, Transcription and Translation)
d) Applications of Molecular Biology (Diagnostics, DNA-fingerprinting, Recombinant
products etc.) - Introduction to Recombinant DNA, fingerprinting, cloning
6. Bioprocess Development (5)
a) Microbial growth kinetics - Batch, fed-batch and continuous systems, Monod Equation
b) Enzyme kinetics, kinetics of enzyme inhibition and deactivation
Definition of enzymes, activation energy, Concepts of Km, Vmax, Ki
c) Microbial sterilization techniques and kinetics
Introduction to sterilization, dry and moist sterilization
d) Thermodynamics of biological system - Concepts of Enthalpy, Entropy, favorable
reactions, exergonic and endergonic reactions
e) Material and energy balance for biological reactions - Stoichiometry
Text Books, 1. Biotechnology 01 Edition, authored by U. Satyanarayana, BOOKS & ALLIED (P) LTD.
and/or 2. Biochemistry by Lehninger. McMillan publishers
reference 3. Microbiology by Pelczar, Chan and Krieg, Tata McGraw Hill
material 4. Brown, T.A., Genetics a Molecular Approach, 4th Ed. Chapman and Hall, 1992
5. Kuby J, Thomas J. Kindt, Barbara, A. Osborne Immunology, 6th Edition, Freeman, 2002.
6. Bioprocess Engineering: Basic Concepts (2nd Ed), Shuler and Kargi, PHI.

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 1 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO2 2 1 1 - 1 - 1 - - - - -
BTC01 CO3 2 1 1 - 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 - - - 1
CO5 2 1 1 - 1 1 1 - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
The Constitution of
XXC01 India and Civic PCR 0 0 2 2 1
Norms
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
NIL CT+MT+EA
Course
Outcomes
Topics 1. Historical background of the Making of Indian Constitution (1 Hour)
Covered 2. Preamble and the Philosophical Values of the Constitution (1 Hour)
3. Brief Overview of Salient Features of Indian Constitution (1 Hour)
4. Parts I & II: Territoriality and Citizenship (1 Hour)
5. Part III: Fundamental Rights (2 Hours)
6. Part IV: Directive Principles of State Policy (1 Hour)
7. Part IVA: Fundamental Duties (1 Hour)
8. Union Government: President, Prime Minister and Council of Ministers (2 Hours)
9. Parliament: Council of States and House of the People (1 Hour)
10. State Government: Governor, Chief Mister and Council of Ministers (1 Hour)
11. State Legislature: Legislative Assemblies and Legislative Councils (1 Hour)
12. Indian Judiciary: Supreme Court and High Courts (1 Hour)
13. Centre-State Relations (1 Hour)
14. Reservation Policy, Language Policy and Constitution Amendment (1 Hour)

Text Books, Primary Readings:


and/or 1) P. M. Bakshi, The Constitution of India, 18th ed. (2022)
reference 2) Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, 25th ed. (2021)
material 3) J.C. Johari, Indian Government and Politics, Vol. II, (2012)

Secondary Readings:
Granville Austin, The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation (1966; paperback ed. 1999);
Granville Austin, Working a Democratic Constitution: The Indian Experience (1999; paperback ed.
2003).
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
GRAPHICAL
XES52
ANALYSIS USING PCR 0 0 2 2 1
CAD
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
NIL CT+EA
Course  CO1: Introduction to graphical solution of mechanics problems
Outcomes  CO2: Knowledge on graphical solution methods for solving equilibrium in coplanar force system
 CO3: Introducing Maxwell diagram and solution of plane trusses by graphical method
 CO4: Determination of centroid of plane figures by graphical method
 CO5: Exposure to AutoCAD software for computer aided graphical solution
Topics  Graphical analysis of problems on statics. [14]
Covered  Graphical solution of engineering problems using CAD (with the help of "AutoCAD") [14]
Text Books, 1)… Engineering Drawing and Graphics – K Venugopal
and/or 2)… AutoCAD — George Omura
reference 3)… Practical Geometry and Engineering Graphics – W Abbott
material

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 - - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 1 2 - - - - - - - - - -
XES52 CO3 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 1 - - - 2 - - - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
CSS51 COMPUTING
PCR 0 0 2 2 1
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
NIL CT+EA
Course  CO1: To understand the principle of operators, loops, branching statements, function, recursion,
Outcomes arrays, pointer, parameter passing techniques
 CO2: To detail out the operations of strings
 CO3: To understand structure, union
 CO4: Application of C-programming to solve various real time problems
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered 1. Assignments on expression evaluation
2. Assignments on conditional branching, iterations, pattern matching
3. Assignments on function, recursion
4. Assignments on arrays, pointers, parameter passing
5. Assignments on string using array and pointers
6. Assignments on structures, union
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Let us C by Kanetkar
reference 2. C Programming by Gottfried
material 3. Introduction to Computing by Balaguruswamy
4. The C-programming language by Dennis Ritchie
Reference Books:
1. Computer fundamental and programming in C by P Dey and M. Ghosh
2. Computer fundamental and programming in C by Reema Thareja
3. programming with C by Schaum Series
Mapping
of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 - 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 - 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -
CSS51
CO3 - 1 - 2 1 - - - - - - -
CO4 - - 3 2 - - 1 - - - 2 -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
ECS 51 Basic electronics PCR 0 0 2 2 1
Lab
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
NIL CT+EA
Course  CO1: Acquire idea about basic electronic components, identification, and behavior.
Outcomes  CO2: To determine IV characteristics of these Circuit elements for different applications.
 CO3: Learn to analyze the circuits and observe and relate input and output signals.
Labs 1. To know your laboratory: To identify and understand the use of different electronic and
Conducted. electrical instruments.
2. To identify and understand name and related terms of various electronics components used in
electronic circuits.: Identify different terminals of components, fid their values and observe
numbering associate with it.
3. Use of oscilloscope and function generator: Use of oscilloscope to measure voltage,
frequency/time and Lissajous figures of displayed waveforms.
4. Study of half wave and Full-wave (Bridge) rectifier with and without capacitor filter circuit.:
5. Realization of basic logic gates: Truth table verification of OR, AND, NOT, NOT and NAND
logic gates from TTL ICs
6. Regulated power supply: study LM78XX and LM79XX voltage regulator ICs
7. Transistor as a Switch: study and perform transistor as a switch through NOT gate
8. Zenner diode as voltage regulator
9. To study clipping and Clamping circuits
10. To study different biasing cirtis.
11. Study of CE amplifier and observe its frequency response.
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Experiments Manual for use with Electronic Principles (Engineering Technologies & the Trades)
reference by Albert Paul Malvino Dr., David J. Bates, et al.
material Reference Books:
1. The Art of Electronics 3e, by Paul Horowitz, Winfield Hill
2. Electronic Principles, by Albert Paul Malvino Dr. and David J. Bates
Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 1 2 2 1 - - 2 - - -
ECS51 CO2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 - - -
CO3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES51 ELECTRICAL
TECHNOLOGY PCR 0 0 2 2 1
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
None CT+EA
Course Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to
Outcomes • CO1: understand the principle of superposition.
• CO2: understand the principle of maximum power transfer
• CO3: understand the characteristics of CFL, incandescent Lamp, carbon lamp.
• CO4: understand the calibration of energy meter.
• CO5: understand open circuit and short circuit test of single-phase transformer.
• CO6: analyze RLC series and parallel circuits
• CO7: understand three phase connections.
• C08: understand determination of B-H curve
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered
1. To verify Superposition and Thevenin‘s Theorem.
2. To verify Norton and Maximum power transfer theorem
3. Characteristics of fluorescent and compact fluorescent lamp
4. Calibration on energy meter
5. To perform the open circuit and short circuit test on single phase transformer
6. To study the balanced three phase system for star and delta connected load
7. Characteristics of different types of Incandescent lamps
8. Study of Series and parallel R-L-C circuit
9. Determination of B-H Curve for magnetic material

Textbooks, Textbooks:
and/or 1. Handbook of Laboratory Experiments in Electronics and Electrical Engineering by A M Zungeru
reference (Author), J M Chuma (Author), H U Ezea (Author)
material 2. Laboratory Courses in Electrical Engineering (5th Edition) by S. G. Tarnekar, P. K. Kharbanda, S. B.
Bodhke, S. D. Naik, D. J. Dahigaonkar (S. Chand Publications)

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3

CO7 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3

CO8 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Total Number of contact hours


Title of the Program Core (PCR) /
Course Code Lecture Tutorial Practical Total Credit
course Electives (PEL)
(L) (T) (P)# Hours
Co-curricular
XXS-52 PCR 0 0 2 2 1
Activities
Pre-requisites Course assessment methods: (Continuous evaluation((CE) and end assessment (EA)
NIL CE + EA
Course  CO1: Social Interaction: Through the medium of sports
Outcomes  CO2: Ethics: Recognize different value systems including your own, understand the moral dimensions
of your decisions, and accept responsibility for them
 CO3: Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Acquire the ability to engage in independent and life-long
learning in the broadest context socio-technological changes.
 CO4: Personality development through community engagement
 CO5: Exposure to social service
Topics Covered YOGA
 Sitting Posture/Asanas- Gomukhasana, Swastikasana, Siddhasana, Ustrasana, Janusirsasana, Ardha
Matsyendrasana (Half-Spinal Twist Pose), Paschimottanasana, Shashankasana, Bhadrasana.
 Mudra- Vayu, Shunya, Prithvi, Varuna, Apana, Hridaya, Bhairav mudra.
 Laying Posture/Asanas- Shalabhasana (Locust Posture), Dhanurasana (Bow Posture), Ardha Halasana
(Half Plough Pose), Sarvangasana (Shoulder Stand), Halasana (Plough Pose), Matsyasana, Supta
Vajrasana, Chakrasana (Wheel Posture), Naukasana (Boat Posture), Shavasana (Relaxing Pose),
Makaraasana.
 Meditation- ‗Om‘meditation, Kundalini or Chakra Meditation, Mantrameditation.
 Standing Posture/Asanas- Ardha Chakrsana (Half Wheel Posture), Trikonasana (Triangle Posture),
Parshwa Konasana (Side Angle Posture), Padahastasana, Vrikshasana (Tree Pose), Garudasana (Eagle
Pose).
 Pranayama- Nadi sodha, Shitali, Ujjayi, Bhastrika, Bhramari.
 Bandha- Uddiyana Bandha, Mula Bandha, Jalandhara Bandha, Maha Bandha.
 Kriya- Kapalabhati, Trataka, Nauli.
ATHLETICS
 Long Jump- Hitch kick, Paddling, Approach run, Take off, Velocity, Techniques, Flight & Landing
 Discus throw, Javelin throw and Shot-put- Basic skill & Technique, Grip, Stance, Release & Follow
through.
 Field events marking.
 General Rules of Track & Field Events.
BASKETBALL
 Shooting- Layup shot, Set shot, Hook shot, Jump shot. Free throw.
 Rebounding- Defensive rebound, Offensive rebound.
 Individual Defensive- Guarding the man without ball and with ball.
 Pivoting.
 Rules of Basketball.
 Basketball game.
VOLLEYBALL
 Spike- Straight spike, Body turn spike, Tip spike, Back attack, Slide spike, Wipe out spike.
 Block- Single block, Double block, Triple block, Group block.
 Field Defense- Dig pass, Double pass, Roll pass.
 Rules and their interpretation.
FOOTBALL
 Dribbling- Square pass, Parallel pass, Forward pass.
 Heading (Standing & Running)- Fore head, Side fore head, Drop heading, Body covering during
heading.
 Kicking- Full volley, Half volley, Drop kick, Back volley, Side volley, Chiping (lobe).
 Tackling: Covering the angle, Chessing time sliding chese, Heading time shoulder tackle etc.
 Feinting- Body movement to misbalance the opponent and find space to go with ball.
 Rules of Football.
CRICKET
 Batting straight drive.
 Batting pull shot.
 Batting hook shot.
 Bowling good length, In swing.
 Bowling out swing, Leg break, Goggle.
 Fielding drill.
 Catching (Long & Slip).
 Wicket keeping technique.
 Rules & Regulation.
BADMINTON
 Net play- Tumbling net shot, Net Kill, and Net Lift.
 Smashing.
 Defensive high clear/Lob.
 Half court toss practice, Cross court toss drop practice, Full court Game practice.
 Player Positioning, Placements.
 Rules & Regulation.
 Doubles & Mixed doubles match practice.
TABLE TENNIS
 Stroke: Backhand- Topspin against push ball, Topspin against deep ball, Topspin against rally ball,
Topspin against topspin.
 Stroke: Forehand- Topspin against push ball, Topspin against deep ball, Topspin against rally ball,
Topspin against topspin.
 Stroke- Backhand lob with rally, Backhand lob with sidespin, Forehand lob with rally, Forehand lob
with sidespin.
 Service: Backhand/Forehand- Push service, Deep push service, Rally service.
 Service: Backhand sidespin (Left to right & Right to left).
 Service: Forehand- High toss backspin service, High toss sidespin service, High toss reverse spin
service.
 Rules and their interpretations.
 Table Tennis Match (Singles & Doubles).
NCC
 FD-6 Side pace, Pace Forward and to the Rear.
 FD-7 Turning on the March and Wheeling.
 FD-8 Saluting on the March.
 FD-9 Marking time, Forward March and Halt in Quick Time.
 FD-10 Changing step.
 FD-11 Formation of Squad and Squad Drill.
 FD-12 Parade practice.
TAEKWONDO
 Poomsae (Forms)- Jang, Yi Jang.
 Self Defense Technique- Self defense from arms, Fist and Punch.
 Sparring (Kyorugi)- One step sparring, Two step sparring, Fight (Free sparring).
 Combination Technique- Combined kick and punch.
 Board Breaking (Kyokpa)- Sheet breaking.
 Interpretation Rules above Technique of Taekwondo.
NSS
 No Smoking Campaign
 Anti- Terrorism Day Celebration
 Any other observation/celebration proposed by Ministry/institute
 Public Speaking
 Discussion on Current Affairs
 Viva voce

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - 2 - - 3 - - -
CO2 - - - - - - - 2 - - - -
XXS52 CO3 - - - - - - 1 - - - - 3
CO4 - - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO5 - - - - - 3 1 - - - - -

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Semester - III

Sl. Code Subject L T S C H


1 MAC331 Mathematics - III 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 EEC301 Network Analysis and Synthesis 3 1 0 4.0 4
3 EEC302 Electrical and Electronics Measurements 3 1 0 4.0 4
4 ECC331 Analog Electronics 3 1 0 4.0 4
5 PHC332 Electromagnetic Field Theory 3 0 0 3.0 3
6 PHS382 Physics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
7 EES351 Electrical and Electronics Measurements Lab 0 0 3 1.5 3
8 XXS381 Co-curricular Activities - III (Optional) 0 0 0 0.0 0
TOTAL 15 4 6 22.0 25

Department of Mathematics
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
MAC331 MATHEMATICS-III PCR 3 1 0 4 4

Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
Basic knowledge of topics included in CT+MT+EA
MAC01 & MAC02
Course  CO1: Acquire the idea about mathematical formulations of phenomena in physics and
Outcomes engineering.
 CO2: To understand the common numerical methods to obtain the approximate solutions for the
intractable mathematical problems.
 CO3: To understand the basics of complex analysis and its role in modern mathematics and
applied contexts.
 CO4: To understand the optimization methods and algorithms developed for
solving various types of optimization problems.
Topics
Covered Partial Differential Equations (PDE): Formation of PDEs; Lagrange method for solution of first
order quasilinear PDE; Charpit method for first order nonlinear PDE; Homogenous and
Nonhomogeneous linear PDE with constant coefficients: Complimentary Function, Particular integral;
Classification of second order linear PDE and canonical forms; Initial & Boundary Value Problems
involving one dimensional wave equation, one dimensional heat equation and two dimensional
Laplace equation. [14]

Numerical Methods: Significant digits, Errors; Difference operators; Newton's Forward, Backward
and Lagrange‘s interpolation formulae; Numerical solutions of nonlinear algebraic/transcendental
equations by Bisection and Newton-Raphson methods; Trapezoidal and Simpson‘s 1/3 rule for
numerical integration; Euler‘s method and modified Eular's methods for solving first order differential
equations. [14]
Complex Analysis: Functions of complex variable, Limit, Continuity and Derivative; Analytic
function; Harmonic function; Conformal transformation and Bilinear transformation; Complex
integration; Cauchy‘s integral theorem; Cauchy‘s integral formula; Taylor‘s theorem, Laurent‘s
theorem (Statement only); Singular points and residues; Cauchy‘s residue theorem.
[17]

Optimization:
Mathematical Preliminaries: Hyperplanes and Linear Varieties; Convex Sets, Polytopes and
Polyhedra. [2]

Linear Programming Problem (LPP): Introduction; Formulation of linear programming problem


(LPP); Graphical method for its solution; Standard form of LPP; Basic feasible solutions; Simplex
Method for solving LPP. [9]

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or 1. An Elementary Course in Partial Differential Equations-T. Amarnath
reference 2. Numerical Methods for scientific & Engineering Computation- M.K.Jain,
material S.R.K. Iyengar & R.K. Jain.
3. Foundations of Complex Analysis- S. Ponnuswami
4. Operations Research Principles and Practices- Ravindran, Phillips, Solberg
5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics- E. Kreyszig
Reference Books:
1. Complex Analysis-L. V. Ahfors
2. Elements of partial differential equations- I. N. Sneddon
3. Operations Research- H. A. Taha

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - 1 2
MAC331
CO3 3 3 2 2 3 - 1 - - 1 - 2
CO4 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 2
Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC301 NETWORK
ANALYSIS AND PCR 3 1 0 4 4
SYNTHESIS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
MAC02(MATHEMATICS -II), CT+MT+EA
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL
TECHNOLOGY)
Course Upon successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
Outcomes
 CO1: Apply the knowledge of basic circuital law, Network Theorem and network topology
concepts in the formulation and solution of different electric network problems.
 CO2: Apply the Laplace transform to linear circuits and systems and analyze the signal
synthesis, steady-state responses and transient response of DC and AC circuits using classical
and Laplace transform methods.
 CO3: Evaluate two-port network parameters, their inter-relationship, different connections,
representation two port network as T, Π and lattice form and also apply two-port network
analysis in the design and analysis of filter and attenuator networks.
 CO4: Demonstrate the concept of complex frequency and analyze the behavior of the circuit‘s
response in frequency domain, understand the significance of network functions, pole- zero
plots, Bode plot etc. of one and two port networks.
 CO5: Synthesize one port network two port network function, analyze and design different
filters.

Topics Network Theorems for circuit analysis with both independent and dependent sources, Super node &
Covered super mesh analysis, Coupled Circuits: Ideal Transformer, Analysis of multi-winding coupled
circuits, Analysis of single tuned and double tuned coupled circuits. (5)
Network Topology: Network graph, Tree, Incidence matrix - Fundamental cut-sets and fundamental
loops - Tie set and cut set schedules. Formulation of equilibrium equation on loop basis and node
basis, Formulation of equilibrium equation in matrix form - Duality, Construction of dual of a
network. (6)
Time and Frequency response of circuits Voltage/current relations for R, L, C and their equations in
time domain. Initial and final conditions, first and second order differential equations, steady state
and transient response. Analysis of transient and steady state responses using Classical technique as
well as by Laplace transforms. Steady state response to step, ramp, impulse and sinusoidal input
functions. (12)

Two-Port parameters: Open circuit, short circuit, transmission and hybrid parameters, relationship
between parameter sets, reciprocity and symmetry conditions, parallel connections, parallel
connection of two port networks. Network equivalents - Analysis of T, n , ladder and lattice
networks . (8)
Network Functions: poles and zeros Network functions for one port and two port networks, driving
point and transfer functions, ladder network, general network, poles and zeros of network functions,
restrictions on Pole and zero locations for driving point functions and Transfer functions, time
domain behavior from pole and zero plot. Bode plot. (5)
Fundamentals of Network Synthesis: Causality and stability, Hurwitz polynomials, positive real
functions, synthesis of one port networks with two kinds of elements. Properties and synthesis of L-
C, R-C, R-L driving point impedances, synthesis of R-L-C functions. Properties of transfer
functions, zeros of transmission, synthesis of Y21 and Z21 with a 1- Ohm termination, synthesis of
constant - resistance networks. (12)
Passive Filter as a Two Port Network - Characteristics of Ideal Filter - Low pass and High Pass
Filter. Design of constant K, m derived and composite filters (6)

Textbooks, Textbooks:
and/or 1. Kuo Franklin F., Network analysis and synthesis, 1st ed., Wiley International, 1962.
reference 2. Van Valkenburg M.E., Network analysis, 3rd ed., Eastern Economy Edition, 1983.
material Reference Books:
1. Roy Chaudhary D., Network and systems, Wiley Eastern Limited.
2. Chattopadhyay D &Rakshit P C-Fundamental of Electric Circuit Theory-S chand& company Ltd.
3. Edminister Joseph A., NahviMohmood, Electric Circuits, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 3 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC302 ELECTRICAL & PCR 3 1 0 4 4
ELECTRONIC
MEASUREMENT
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
None CT+MT+EA
Course  CO1: develop an idea about the measurement processes
Outcomes  CO2: learn the operating principle of ammeter, voltmeter, wattmeter and energy meter
 CO3: gain knowledge about Potentiometer and various resistance measurement techniques
 CO4: acquire knowledge of AC Bridges & Instrument Transformers
 CO5: get familiarize with CRO and introduction to Digital Instrumentation
Topics Basics of Measurement: Significance of measurement, Direct & Indirect methods of
Covered measurement, Classification of instruments, Static and dynamic characteristics of measurement
system, Various types of error in measurement system, Error analysis by conventional and
statistical methods, uncertainty analysis. (6)
Basic electrical Instruments: Various torques in electrical instruments, various types of damping
in instruments, Principle of operation of Permanent Magnet Moving Coil (PMMC) instrument,
use of shunt and multiplier to extend the range of PMMC instruments, Temperature compensation
of PMMC instruments, principle of operation of Moving Iron (MI) instruments, Linearization of
scale of MI instrument, extension of range of moving coil and iron instrument, Measurement of 3-
phase power and wattmeter errors. Principle of operation of single-phase energy meter, Creep in
energy meter and its compensation, testing of energy meter, Phantom loading (14)
Potentiometers: Basic principle of ordinary slide wire potentiometer, principle of operation of DC
Crompton‘s Potentiometer, Measurement of voltage, current, resistance and power by
potentiometer, calibration of voltmeter, ammeter and wattmeter by potentiometer, Drysdale polar
potentiometer, Gall Tinsley Coordinate potentiometer (6)
Measurement of Resistance: Measurement of medium resistance by Wheatstone bridge,
measurement of low resistance by Kelvin Double Bridge, measurement of high resistance by
direct deflection method, loss of charge method and Megger. (4)
AC Bridges: Comparison of measurement methods with whetstone bridge, Measurement of
inductance, capacitance and frequency by AC Bridges (8)
Instrument Transformers: Disadvantages of using shunts and multipliers for very high current and
voltage measurement, Use of Current transformer for measurement of current, construction of
current transformer, current transformer errors, effect of sudden open circuit of current
transformer, use of potential transformer for voltage measurement, construction of potential
transformer, potential transformer errors. (6)
Measurement of phase and frequency: Measurement of frequency by electrical resonance
frequency meter and Weston frequency meter. Measurement of phase or power factor by
dynamometer type instrument, moving iron power factor meters, measurement of phase difference
by synchroscope. (4)
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope: Construction and principle of operation, Measurement of current,
phase difference and frequency by CRO, Sampling Oscilloscope, Theory of storage oscilloscope,
Digital Storage Oscilloscope. (4)
Digital Instruments: Advantages of digital instruments over their analog counterparts, Different
types of digital voltmeters, digital multimeter, digital frequency meter. (4)
Textbooks, Suggested Textbooks:
and/or 1. Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instruments by Golding & Widdis, Wheeler‘s Student
reference Edition
material 2. Electronic Instrumentation by HS Kalsi, Tata McGraw- Hill.
Suggested Reference Books:
1. A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation by A.K.Sawhney,
Dhanpat Rai & Co.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 1 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 2 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
ECC331 Analog Electronics PCR 3 1 0 4 4

Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
Physics (PHC01) CT+MT+EA
Electrical Technology (EEC01)
Basic Electronics (ECC01)
Course CO # 1. Understanding the fundamental knowledge of analog devices and circuits
Outcomes CO # 2. Familiarizing with the design of complex electronic circuits with the help of these
fundamentals.
CO # 3. Enriching historical developments with facts that led to IC technology.
CO # 4. Acquainting with the present-day design tools using which one can synthesize and analyze
the complex design problems.
CO # 5. Implementing the devices and circuits as a basic building block of electrical
communication and other areas and enhancing problem solving skills.

Topics Module 1: Signals and Amplifiers [3L + 1T]


Covered Signals; frequency spectrum of signals; analog and digital signals; amplifiers; circuit models for
amplifiers; frequency response of amplifiers.
Module 2: Operational Amplifiers and its Applications [4L + 2T]
Characteristics of Operational Amplifiers and learning how to apply basic op-amps to design
sophisticated op-amp circuits, including summing amplifiers, instrumentation amplifiers, integrators,
and differentiators.
Module 3: Diodes and its Applications [3L + 1T]
Characteristics of Junction Diodes and how to use diodes to analyze diode circuits operating in the
various bias regions: forward, reverse and breakdown; application of diodes in voltage regulator and
rectifier circuits.
Module 4: MOS Field Effect Transistors [4L + 2T]
The physical structure of the MOS transistor; how the voltage between two terminals of the
transistor controls the current that flows through the third terminal, and the equations that describe
these current voltage characteristics; analysis and design of circuits that incorporate MOS transistors,
resistors, and dc sources.
Module 5: Bipolar Junction Transistors [3L + 1T]
The physical structure of the bipolar transistor; how the voltage between two terminals of the
transistor controls the current that flows through the third terminal, and the equations that describe
these current voltage characteristics; analysis and design of circuits that incorporate bipolar
transistors, resistors, and dc sources.
Module 6: Transistor Amplifiers [5L + 2T]
The use of MOS or bipolar transistor to make an amplifier; obtaining linear amplification from
fundamentally non-linear MOS and bipolar transistor; modelling linear operation of a transistor
around a bias point by an equivalent circuit that can be used in the analysis and design of transistor
amplifiers; three basic ways to connect MOS or bipolar transistor to construct amplifiers with
different properties; practical circuits for MOS and bipolar transistor amplifiers that can be
constructed using discrete components.
Module 7: Differential and Multistage Amplifiers [4L + 2T]
The essence of the operation of the MOS and bipolar transistor differential amplifiers which includes
rejection of common mode noise or interference and amplify differential signals; structure, analysis,
and design of amplifiers composed of two or more stages in cascade.
Module 8: Feedback in Amplifiers [3L + 1T]
The general structure and advantages of negative feedback in amplifier circuit design; appropriate
feedback topology to employ with amplifiers of each of the four types (voltage, current,
transconductance, and transresistance); intuitive and insightful approach for the analysis of practical
feedback amplifier circuits; why and how negative feedback amplifiers become unstable or
oscillatory and how to design the circuit to ensure stable operation.
Module 9: Frequency Response [4L + 2T]
Low frequency response of discrete circuit common source and common emitter amplifiers; internal
capacitive effects and high frequency model of the MOSFET and the BJT; high frequency response
of common source and common emitter amplifiers; useful tools for the analysis of high frequency
response in amplifiers; high frequency response of common gate and cascode amplifiers; high
frequency response of source and emitter followers; high frequency response of differential
amplifiers; other wideband amplifier configurations.
Module 10: Building Blocks of Integrated Circuit Amplifiers [4L + 1T]
Integrated Circuit (IC) design philosophy; IC biasing current sources, current mirrors, and current
steering circuits; the basic gain cell; cascode amplifier; current mirror circuits with improved
performance; some practical transistor pairings.
Module 11: Output stages and Power Amplifiers [3L + 1T]
Classification of output stages; class A output stage; class B output stage; class AB output stage;
biasing the class AB circuit; variations on the class AB configuration; CMOS class AB output
stages; IC power amplifiers; class D power amplifiers; power transistors.

TOTAL number of classes = 40 Lectures and 16 Tutorials


Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Microelectronic Circuits by A S Sedra and K C Smith, Oxford University Press.
reference 2. Electronic Devices by Thomas L Floyd, Pearson Education.
material Reference Books:
1. Semiconductor Devices and Circuits by Aloke K Dutta, Oxford University Press.
2. Electronic Devices and Circuits by Mohammad Rashid, Cengage Learning.
3. Electronic Circuits: Discrete and Integrated by Schilling and Belove, McGraw-Hill
Education.
4. Electronic Device and Circuit Theory by Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, Prentice
Hall India.
5. Electronic Devices and Circuits by David A Bell, Oxford.

Mapping of CO (Course outcomes) with PO (Program Outcomes)


PO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO
CO#1 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3
CO#2 2 2 3 2 3 1 - - - - - 2
CO#3 2 2 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - 2
CO#4 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - -
CO#5 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
PHC332 Electromagnetic PCR 3 0 0 3 3
Field Theory
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods: (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
NIL CT+MT+EA
Course CO1: Able to apply fundamental knowledge of different co‐ ordinate systems to describe the
Outcomes spatial variations of the physical quantities dealt in electromagnetic field theory.
CO2: Able to explain fundamental laws governing electromagnetic fields and evaluate the physical
quantities of electromagnetic fields (Field intensity, Flux density etc.).
CO3: Gain an integrative overview of electromagnetic waves, its propagation in different media
and different phenomena related to electromagnetic wave propagation.
CO4: Acquire basic knowledge related to wave guides and transmission line.
Topics Covered Concept of Field and Maxwell’s Equations
Vector field, Divergence of vector field, Divergence of electrostatic field, Gauss‘s divergence
theorem, Gauss‘s Law of electrostatics and its applications, Laplace‘s equation, Poisson‘s equation,
Continuity equation. [7]

Curl of a vector field, Stoke‘s theorem, Curl of magnetic field, Ampere‘s Circuital law and its
applications, Curl of electric field and divergence of magnetic field, Concepts of scalar and vector
potentials. [7]

Faraday‘s law of electromagnetic induction, Self-Inductance, Mutual-Inductance, L-C-R Circuit,


Concept of displacement current, Maxwell‘s equation in free space, Poynting theorem. Some
examples. [9]

Electromagnetic Waves
Derivation of the electromagnetic wave equation. Plane waves in vacuum. Energy, Momentum and
intensity of electromagnetic waves. Electromagnetic waves in isotropic, Anisotropic medium,
Conducting medium. Skin effect. Propagation of electromagnetic waves in ionized gases,
Reflection, Refraction and Dispersion of electromagnetic waves, Fresnel‘s equations. Some
examples. [12]

Wave Guide
Wave guides, TE, TM and TEM waves, Transmission line and Telegrapher‘s equation.
[7]
Text Books, TEXT BOOKS:
and/or reference 1. Introduction to Electrodynamics, David J. Griffiths, Prentice-Hall International, Inc.,
material Englewood Cliffs.
2. Foundations of Electromagnetic Theory, J. R. Reitz, F. J. Milford and R. W. Christy,
Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc.
3. Introduction to Electromagnetic Theory – A Modern Perspective, T. L. Chow, Jones and
Bartlett Publishers, Inc.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Classical Electricity and Magnetism, W. K. H. Panofsky and M. Phillips, Addison-
Wesley.
2. Classical Electrodynamics, W. Greiner, Springer International Edition
3. Classical Electrodynamics, J. D. Jackson, John Wiley

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 - 1 1 - - - 2 1 - 1
CO2 3 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1 1 - 1
PHC332
CO3 3 2 1 1 1 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO4 3 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2 1 - 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P)# Hours
PHS382 Physics Laboratory PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5

Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), and end assessment (EA))
PHS51 CT+EA

Course CO1: To realize and apply different techniques for measuring resonance, Q-factor of series L-C-R
Outcomes circuit.
CO2: To determine the Self-Inductance, Mutual Inductance and verification of Faraday‘s law.
CO3: To determine the thermoelectric power of a given thermocouple.
CO4: To apply the concepts to measure the horizontal component of the earth‘s magnetic field using a
vibrational and deflection magnetometer
CO5: To calculate the loss of a magnetic specimen by B-H loop measurement.
Topics 1. Study of series L-C-R Resonant Circuit: (i) To draw the resonance curve (ii) To determine the
Covered Q- Factor of the circuit (iii) To study the variation of impedance with frequency (iv)
verification of maximum power transfer theorem.
2. Verification of Faraday‘s law.
3. To determine the mutual inductance (M) of two coils.
4. Determination of Self-Inductance of a coil.
5. To verify Fresnel‘s equation for reflection of electromagnetic waves.
6. Draw the (Thermo EMF) – Temperature curve of given thermocouple and hence find
thermoelectric power at a given temperature.
7. Determination of horizontal component of the earth‘s magnetic field using a vibrational and
deflection magnetometer.
8. To draw the B-H loop of a given specimen.

Text Books, SUGGESTED BOOKS:


and/or 1. A Text Book on Practical Physics – K. G. Mazumdar and B. Ghosh
reference 2. Practical Physics – Worsnop and Flint
material

Mapping of CO (Course outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 1 - 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1
CO2 3 2 1 - 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1
PHS382 CO3 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1
CO4 3 2 1 - 2 1 1 2 3 2 1 1
CO5 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES351 ELECTRICAL & PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
ELECTRONIC
MEASUREMENT
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), and end assessment (EA))
None CT+EA
Course  CO 1: To measure power and energy in single phase and three phase circuit.
Outcomes  CO2: To understand the operation of DC potentiometer
 CO3: Introduction to industrial power measurement with CT and PT
 CO4: Measurement of inductance, capacitance, and capacitance by AC bridges.
 CO5: To measure earth resistance
 CO6: To measure displacement, force, pressure by transducers
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered
1. Measurement of power in single phase circuit by three voltmeter and ammeter method
2. Measurement of power in three phase circuit by two wattmeter method
3. Calibration of DC potentiometer
4. Calibration of Energy meter
5. Measurement of power by CT and PT
6. Measurement of Earth resistance by three electrode method
7. Measurement of displacement by LVDT
8. Measurement of inductance by Anderson‘s Bridge
9. Measurement of capacitance by Schering Bridge
10. Measurement of frequency Wien‘s Bridge
Textbooks, Suggested Textbooks:
and/or 1. Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instruments by Golding & Widdis, Wheeler‘s Student
reference Edition
material 2. Electronic Instrumentation by HS Kalsi, Tata McGraw- Hill
Suggested Reference Books:
1. A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation by A.K.Sawhney,
Dhanpat Rai & Co.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 2 2 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Semester - IV
Sl. Code Subject L T S C H
1 EEC401 Power Systems - I 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 EEC402 Electrical Machines - I 3 1 0 4.0 4
3 EEC403 Digital Electronics 3 1 0 4.0 4
4 MEC431 Fluid and Thermal Engineering 3 0 0 3.0 3
5 YYO44* Open Elective - I 3 0 0 3.0 3
6 EES451 Network Analysis and Synthesis Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
7 ECS481 Analog Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
8 MES481 Fluid and Thermal Engineering Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
9 XXS481 Co-curricular Activities - IV (Optional) 0 0 0 0.0 0
TOTAL 15 3 9 22.5 27
Department of Electrical Engineering
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC401 POWER SYSTEMS - I
PCR 3 1 0 4 4

Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC 301 (NETWORK ANALYSIS CT+MT+EA
AND SYNTHESIS)
Course On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Outcomes  CO1: find out economical voltage, minimum consumer voltage for different kinds of loads for
transmission of electrical energy and suggest remedy to improve the voltage if needed.
 CO2: evaluate different parameters associated with electrical design and mechanical design of
transmission line including the presence of neighboring communication lines.
 CO3: analyze the performance of short, medium, long distance transmission lines.
 CO4: apply the knowledge to find out different important parameters of insulators and know
different methods to improve the performance parameters of the insulators.
 CO5: select the appropriate type of power cables to be used for different applications and
determine operating voltage, charging current, charging kVAR, insulation resistance, and
dielectric power loss of power cables.
 CO6: mitigate different adverse situation that may arise due to corona.
Topics Distribution Systems: Systems of distribution, economics and copper efficiencies, calculations on
Covered distribution and feeders, Kelvin Law. (10)
Electrical Design of Overhead Lines: Conductor materials, resistance, inductance, self and mutual GMD
calculations for single, twin and multi- circuit lines including bundled conductors, cases of symmetrical
and unsymmetrical lines. Capacitance: calculation for single twin and multi circuit lines effect of earth.
Choice of transmission voltage, influencing factors, spacing between conductors, current rating of
overhead lines. (10)
Mechanical Design of Overhead Lines: Mechanical properties of different types of overhead conductors,
factors of safety in relation to working conditions, calculation of sag. Supports at different levels: effect of
change of temperature and loading: sag templates and stringing charts. Supports for overhead lines: low
voltage high voltage and extra high voltage lines. Span length: basic and economic spans. Ground
clearance of conductors. (6)
Insulators: Materials used, types of insulators for low voltage, high voltage and extra high voltage lines
and outdoor switchyard, bushing insulators, voltage distribution in a string of suspension insulators,
methods of potential equalization; arching horns and grading rings, reasons of overhead line insulator
failure, puncture and flashover voltage, design criteria. (7)
Insulated Cables: Types of L. V. Cables for distribution systems: conductor materials, important types of
insulating materials, high voltage cables, Stresses developed, economical stress and grading of dielectric
materials, screened and pressure cables, mechanism of cable break down charging Current, power factor
and losses in cables, determination of current Rating of cables. (8)
Transmission and Performance: Classification of transmission lines, calculation of regulation and
efficiency, Nominal T. Nominal II and rigorous methods, generalized circuit parameters (A,B,C and D
constants) Ferranti effect and losses in open circuited lines. Calculation of phase modifier capacity. (7)
Corona: Reasons for corona, critical disruptive voltage and visual critical voltage Effects of pressure,
temperature and irregularity of conductor surface, Losses in corona and its reduction. (4)
Inductive interference: Electrostatic and electromagnetic interference with adjacent lines. (4)
Textbooks, Textbooks:
and/or 1. The Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy by H. Cotton & H. Barber,Publisher: Hodder
reference Arnold,ISBN 13: 9780340147719, ISBN 10 : 0340147717.
material
2. Power System Analysis by D. P. Kothari & I. J. Nagrath,Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill
Education,ISBN: 0-07-049489-4
Reference Book:
1. Power system analysis by John J. Grainger & William D. Stevenson,Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill
Education,ISBN 10: 0070585156, ISBN 13: 978-0070585157
Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 1

CO2 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 0 1 0 1 1

CO3 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 0 1 0 1 1

CO4 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 0 1 0 1 1

CO5 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 0 1 0 1 1

CO6 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 0 1 0 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC402 ELECTRICAL
PCR 3 1 0 4 4
MACHINES - I
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
TECHNOLOGY)
Course • CO 1: Able to understand the fundamental principles and classification of electromagnetic
Outcomes machines.
• CO2: Ability to design an armature winding
• CO3: Able to learn about the constructional details and principle of operation of dc machines.
• CO4: Acquire knowledge about the working of dc machines as generators and motors.
• CO5: Acquire knowledge about the constructional details, principle of operation of transformers.
• CO6: Acquire knowledge about testing and applications of dc machines & transformers.
Topics DC Machines: Armature winding: Lap winding, wave winding, equalizer rings. (8)
Covered
Generator: Construction of dc machines, Emf equation, types of generators, losses, efficiency,
armature reaction, commutation, interpoles, compensating windings, dc generator characteristics,
voltage build-up of a dc shunt generator, parallel operation of dc generators. (12)
Motor: DC motor principle, counter Emf, speed and torque equations, load characteristics, speed
control, starting of dc motors, three-point and four-point starters, testing of dc machines. (12)
Transformer: Single-phase transformer: Construction and types, principle of operation, Emf
equation, transformer on no-load, transformer on load, equivalent resistance, magnetic leakage,
equivalent circuit, phasor diagram, open and short circuits tests, voltage regulation, losses,
efficiency, all-day efficiency, separation of hysteresis and eddy current losses, parallel operation,
auto transformer. (12)
Three-phase transformer: Three-phase transformer connections and vector groups, equivalent circuit,
determination of equivalent circuit parameters, parallel operation, three phase to two-phase
conversion and vice-versa, tap-changers on transformers, testing of transformers, cooling. (12)

Textbooks, Textbooks:
and/or 1. A. E. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans, Electric Machinery, McGraw-Hill Co. Inc.
reference 2. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Electrical Machines, Tata McGraw-Hill.
material Reference Books:
1. M.G. Say, Alternating Current Machines, Pitman Publishing.
2. Alexander S. Langsdorf, Theory of Alternating Current Machinery, Tata McGraw-Hil
Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 2

CO3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO4 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 3

CO6 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC403 DIGITAL
ELECTRONICS PCR 3 1 0 4 4

Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
Nil CT+MT+EA
Course  CO 1: Acquire an idea about digital electronics and its applications.
Outcomes  CO2: To learn the fundamentals of different numbers of systems and codes and code conversion
techniques.
 CO2: To study about the Boolean algebra and basic logic gates along with their digital design
procedure using elementary logic gates.
 CO3: To learn about the different sequential and combinational logic circuits and their use in
digital electronics applications.
 CO4: Learn about the Analog to Digital Converter (ADC), Digital to Analog Converter (DAC),
and data conversion and acquisition techniques.
 CO5: To study the different types of Codes (Gray code, Excess-3 code, BCD Code etc.) and
Code converters
Topics Introduction to Digital Electronics: History and Evolution of Computation and Computers,
Covered Application of Digital Electronics in Modern Society. (4)
Number Systems and Codes: Decimal Number System, Binary Numbers System, Octal Number
System, Hexadecimal Numbers System, Numbers Conversions, Gray Code, Excess-3 Code, BCD
Code, Hamming Code, Code Conversion, BCD to 7-Segment Decoder: Error Detection and
Correction Codes - error detection by parity checking, Principle of error correction. (6)
Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates: Binary arithmetic, Binary Addition, Binary Subtraction, Binary
Multiplication, Binary Division, 1s Complement, 2s Complement, Signed Binary Number,
Introduction to Logic Gates, Basic Logic Gate Operations, Universal Gates, Realization of logic
gates using switches. (6)
Digital Arithmetic and Arithmetic Circuits: Half Adder, Full Adder, Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor,
Multi-Bit Ripple-Carry Adder and Subtractor circuits, Basics of Binary Multiplier and Divider
Circuits. (5)
Logic Families: Transistors (MOS and BJT) as switch, Different logic families such as RTL, DCTL,
DTL, HTL, TTL, ECL, MOS & CMOS logic family their importance and applications. (5)
Minimization Techniques Logic Synthesis: Demorgan‘s Theorem, SOP/POS forms, Minimization of
logical function, Algebraic method, Karnaugh Map method, Quine Mccluskey Method. (6)
Combinational Circuits: Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Decoder, Encoder, Decoder Driver,
Combinational Circuit Design and Their Applications. (6)
Sequential Circuits: Definition, Moore and Miley Machines; Elements of Sequential Circuits -
Latches and Registers, Different kinds of Flip-Flops - R-S, J-K, Master-Slave arrangement, D, and T
Type Registers; Typical sequential circuits -counters, shift registers and sequence generator;
synchronous and asynchronous circuits. (8)
Multivibrators: Definition of different types of Multivibrators, their realization by logic gates, op-
amp and transistors, 555 Timer IC and Schmitt Trigger circuit and their applications. (6)
A/D & D/A Converter: Need for Data conversion, Analog to Digital Converter (ADC), Digital to
Analog Converter (DAC), and data conversion and acquisition techniques, Different types of DAC
& ADC ICs, data conversion and acquisition techniques, Introduction to GUI and PC Based Data
Acquisition Systems, Data Acquisition System Components (Software and Hardware).(4)
Textbooks, Textbooks:
and/or 1. Fundamentals of Digital Logic - Anand Kumar – PHI
reference 2. Digital Electronics - G. K. Kharate – Oxford
material 3. Digital Logic and Computer Design - M. Morris Mano – PHI
Reference Books:
1. Digital Fundamentals - Floyd, UBS
2. Digital Systems: Principles and Applications - Tocci, Widmer and Moss, Pearson Edu.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 0 2 1

CO3 2 3 3 3 3 0 2 1 2 0 2 0

CO4 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 0 2 2

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 0 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Mechanical Engineering


Course Code Title of the Programme core Total number of contact hours Credit
Course (PCR)/Electives (PEL) Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(L) (T) (P) Hours

MEC-431 Fluid and PCR 3 0 0 3 3


Thermal
Engineering
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
Knowledge of Engineering Mechanics, CT+MT+EA
Differential Equations etc
Course  Co1: Study of fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics
Outcomes  Co2: Understanding the principles of Hydraulic Machines such as Pelton Turbine in energy
conversion
 Co3: Principle of Reciprocating and Centrifugal pump
 Co4: Study of basics of Thermodynamics
 CO5: Study of principle of steam turbine, boiler etc.
Definition of fluid, Difference between solid and fluid, Continuum Concept, Knudsen No, density, specific
Topics volume, bulk modulus, compressibility of fluid. (01)
Covered Viscosity, Newton‘s law of viscosity, different types of fluid, effect of pressure and temperature on viscosity,
numerical problem. (02)
Fluid pressure, hydrostatic law of pressure, pressure variation with space in static fluid, absolute, gauge and
vacuum pressure, pressure measuring devices, numerical problem. (03)
Fluid kinematics, definition of flow field, Lagrangian and Eulerian approach of describing fluid motion. (01)
Representation of velocity and acceleration in Cartesian coordinate, temporal, convective and total
acceleration. (01)
Steady and unsteady flow, uniform and non-uniform flow, laminar and turbulent flow, flow visualisation,
stream line and path line. (01)
Differential form of continuity equation in cartesian coordinate for compressible and incompressible flow. (01)
Derivation of Euler‘s equation along a stream line, Bernaullis equation, pressure head, kinetic head and datum
head. (01)
Application of Bernaullis principle, flow measuring device, venturimeter, orifice meter and pitot tube,
numerical problems. (03)
Hydraulic machines, dynamic force on fixed and moving vanes. (01)
Turbine and its classification, Pelton turbine and its working principle, numerical problems.(01)
Pump and its classification reciprocating pump and its working principle.(01)
Centrifugal pump, working principle, velocity diagram, characteristics curve, numerical problem. (03)

Brief study of Thermodynamics as a pre-requisite to power plant engineering


Energy analysis of steady state flow system, example with mechanical power transfer to and from steady state
flow devices like compressor, turbine etc. System equilibrium, requirement for internal and total reversibility,
cause of effect of irreversibility, concept of heat engine, its working cycle, its efficiency with Carnot cycle,
Effect of increase in saturation pressure on phase transformation, properties of steam, use of steam table,
Mollier chart. (10)

Basic devices in steam power plant and their schematic arrangement, fundamental concept of processes
involved in them , simple Rankine cycle with steady flow of working fluid (water and steam),performance
parameter for efficient plant operation, effect of increase in boiler pressure on operating cycle performance,
internal and external irreversibility associated with various practical processes during energy and mass transfer
through the devices, reheat regeneration and their combined application for improvement of plant operation, a
few numerical problems, brief description of super heater, economiser in power plant. (10)

Introduction to gas turbine power plant. (01)

Text books, Suggested Text Books:


and/or 1. Hydraulic and Fluid Mechanics- Jagdish Lal
Reference 2. Hydraulic Machinery- Jagdish Lal
material 3. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and fluid Machines- Som and Biswas
4. Engineering Thermodynamics- P K Nag
5. Introduction to Power Plant Engineering - P K Nag

References:
1. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics - Fox, Mcdonald and Pritchard

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome) for MEC-431


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 2 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 2 1

CO2 2 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 2 1

CO3 2 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 2 1

CO4 2 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 2 1

CO5 2 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 2 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Open Elective: Basket– 1 (4th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO440 Fundamentals of Power Systems
EEO441 Concept of Industrial Electronics
EEO442 Energy Conservation, Audit and ICT & IOT Application for Monitoring
EEO443 Network Theory

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO440 FUNDAMENTALS
OF POWER PEL 3 0 0 3 3
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
Nil CT+MT+EA
Course • CO1: Given Specification leads to design of network, choice of optimal Voltage, Transmission
Outcomes line and its material.
• CO2: Given Specification leads to study of suitable system parameters and in corporation laws
of Power systems to choose the most applicable.
• CO3: Given Specification emphasizes on the different Tariff structures, by which one can able
to judge, compare and select a suitable Tariff plan.
• CO4: Given Specification facilitates the design of equipment‘s on the basis of power factor.
• CO5: Given specification will give knowledge about the different types of faults and its severity,
which can help to design the protection schemes for those faults.
Topics Power System Network: Single phase transmission, three phase transmission, complex power, Basic
Covered Structure of power system, overhead and underground systems, overhead line conductors,
Transmission, and distribution systems in India. (2)
Generating Stations: Steam Power station, Hydro-electric power station, Gas turbine power station,
nuclear power station, classification, Comparison of various power stations. (5)
Supply Systems: AC power supply scheme, Comparison of DC and AC transmission, Advantages of
High transmission voltage, various systems of power transmission, comparison of conductor
material in overhead system, comparison of conductor material in underground system, Choice of
transmission voltage. (5)
Line Parameters and Performance of Transmission Lines: Line resistance, Inductance, Capacitance,
Representation of Lines, per unit method, advantages of per unit systems, short transmission line,
medium length transmission line, long transmission line, Evaluation of ABCD parameter, equivalent
pi and T circuit. (8)
Conductors: Introduction, Type of Conductor, Skin effect, Kelvin‘s economy law, modified Kelvin‘s
law, Limitations of Kelvin‘s law (4)
Overhead Line Insulators: Type of insulator, voltage distribution over insulator string. (3)
Tariffs: Introduction, Types of Tariff-Flat demand tariff, straight line meter rate tariff, Block meter
type tariff, Two-part tariff, Power factor tariff, Peak load tariff, three-part tariff (3)
Power Factor Improvement: Introduction, Disadvantages of low power factor, causes of low power
factor, power factor improvement, power factor correction by static capacitor. Economics of power
factor improvement. (5)
Power Systems Fault and Protection: Symmetrical components, Symmetrical faults and
unsymmetrical faults, Switches, fuses, circuit breakers, protective systems, protective relays, (5)
Power System Earthing: Type and methods of earthing, earth resistance, Design of Earthing grid,
Tower footing resistance, measurement of earth resistance, neutral grounding. (2)

Textbooks, Textbooks:
and/or 1. H. Cotton & H. Barber, The Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy, Hodder Arnold
reference 2. A. R. Bergen, V. Vittal, Power Systems Analysis, Pearson Edition
material Reference Books:
1. John J. Grainger & William D. Stevenson, Power system analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Education.
2. D. P. Kothari & I. J. Nagrath, Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1
2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
CO3
3 1 3 1 2 3 1 2
CO4
3 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 1
CO5
3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
CONCEPT OF
EEO441 INDUSTRIAL PEL 3 0 0 3 3
ELECTRONICS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
ECC 331 (ANALOG CT+MT+EA
ELECTRONICS), EEC
403(DIGITAL ELECTRONICS)
Course • CO 1: Acquire an idea about semiconductor devices
Outcomes • CO2: Learn the basic operation of the ac-dc/ dc-dc/ dc-ac/ ac-ac components
• CO3: Identify the application of the components in different fields of Engineering
• CO4: Identify the utilisation of the components in Industry
Topics Review of Power Electronic Systems: Overview of Some Modern Power Semiconductor Devices.
Covered (2)
Digital Electronics: Overview, Number Systems, Integrated Circuits, Logic Families, Pin
Identification. (6)
Uncontrolled rectifiers: Single phase and multiphase different circuit arrangements and their
operation, analysis, performance evaluations. (6)
Controlled rectifier: Semi Controlled and fully controlled converters, single phase and multiphase,
different circuit arrangements and their operation analysis performance evaluations. (6)
DC-DC Converters: Classification, principles of operation, step down (Buck) and step up (Boost)
switched mode power supply, Buck-Boost Converter. (6)
Inverters: Classification, theory of operation, square wave Inverter, PWM switching topology,
performance evaluation, applications. (6)
Applications: DC Drives, AC Drives, Power Conditioners and Uninterruptible Power Supplies,
Power Line Disturbances, Power Conditioners, UPS. (6)
Other Residential and Industrial Applications. (4)

Textbooks, Textbooks:
and/or 1. B. K. Bose, Power Electronics and AC Drives, Prentice- Hall
reference 2. N. Mohan, T. M. Underland&Riobbins, Power Electronics: Converters, Applications & Design,
material John-Wiley.
Reference Books:
1.L. Umanand, Power Electronics, Essentials & Applications, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
ENERGY
CONSERVATION,
EEO442 AUDIT AND ICT & PEL 3 0 0 3 3
IOT APPLICATION
FOR MONITORING
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
TECHNOLOGY)
Course • CO 1: To understand the Overall Energy Scenario (National & International
Outcomes • CO2: To build the skill in Energy management
• CO3: To be able to conduct the energy audit.
• CO4: To understand the energy saving
• CO5 :To understand the energy monitoring through ICT & IoT
Topics Overall understanding Energy Scenario National and International perspective, Energy system as
Covered electrical system, Energy chain, National and International Energy scenario, various non-
conventional energy resources-importance, classification, relative merits and demerits, Carbon
emission, carbon credit, International environmental meet for awareness of Green House emission
(GHG). (10)
Definition and Objective of Energy Management, General Principles of Energy Management,
Energy Management Skills, Energy Management Strategy. (6)
Energy Audit: Need, Types, Methodology and Approach. Energy Management Approach,
Understanding Energy Costs, Energy performance, Matching energy usage to requirements,
maximizing system efficiency, Optimizing the input energy requirements, Fuel and Energy
substitution. (6)
Procedures and Techniques for Energy Audit, Data gathering: Level of responsibilities, energy
sources, control of energy and uses of energy get Facts, figures and impression about energy /fuel
and system operations, Past and Present operating data, Special tests, Questionnaire for data
gathering. Analytical Techniques: Incremental cost concept, mass and energy balancing techniques,
inventory of Energy inputs and rejections, Heat transfer calculations, Evaluation of Electric load
characteristics, process and energy system simulation. (8)
Evaluation of saving opportunities: Determining the savings in Rs, Noneconomic factors,
Conservation opportunities, estimating cost of implementation. Energy Audit Reporting: The plant
energy study report- Importance, contents, effective organization, report writing and presentation.
(6)
Basics of Information Communication Technology (ICT), Internet of Things (IoT). Basic sensors for
Energy Monitoring and Evaluation, Application of ICT and IoT for energy monitoring. Remote
supervision of Energy use. (6)
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 1. Energy for a sustainable world: Jose Goldenberg, Thomas Johansson, A.K.N.Reddy, Robert
reference Williams (Wiley Eastern).
material 2. Energy policy for: B.V. Desai (Weiley Eastern),
3. Modeling approach to long term demand and energy implication: J.K.Parikh.
4. Energy Policy and Planning: B.Bukhootsow

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 2 1 2 1 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 2

CO2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 2 2

CO3 2 2 1 1 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 2

CO4 1 3 1 3 2 1 3 1 1 2 2 1

CO 5 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
NETWORK
EEO443 PEL 3 0 0 3 3
THEORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
MAC02(MATHEMATICS -II), CT+MT+EA
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL
TECHNOLOGY)
Course • CO1: Apply the knowledge of basic circuital law, like nodal analysis and mesh analysis, to
Outcomes
write the equations for large linear and coupled circuits.
• CO2: Apply Thevenin‘s and Norton‘s theorems to 12nalyse and design for maximum power
transfer.
• CO3: Apply the Laplace transform to linear circuits and systems and 12nalyse the signal
synthesis.
• CO4: Evaluate the performance of RL, RC, and RLC circuits by the application of Laplace
transform.
• CO5: Analyze the given network using graph theory technique.
• CO6: Analyze the given network using different two port network parameters.
• CO7: Determine the response of a network using the network function and draw pole-zero
plots, Bode plot etc.
• CO8: They will also be able to synthesize the network functions.
• CO9: Students should be able to design the passive filters.
Topics Introduction to circuit variables and circuit elements, Review of Kirchhoff s Laws, Independent and
Covered dependent Sources, Source Transformations. Solution methods applied to dc and phasor circuits:
Mesh and node analysis of network containing independent and dependent sources Network topology,
Network graphs, Trees, Incidence matrix, Tie-set matrix and Cut-set matrix. (8)
Network theorems applied to dc and phasor circuits: Thevenin‘s theorem, Norton‘s theorem,
Superposition theorem, Reciprocity theorem, Millman‘s theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem.
(6)
Laplace transform, properties Laplace Transforms and inverse Laplace transform of common
functions, Important theorems: Time shifting theorem, Frequency shifting theorem, Time
differentiation theorem, Time integration theorem, s domain differentiation theorem, s domain
integration theorem, Initial value theorem, Final value theorem Partial Fraction expansions for inverse
Laplace transforms, Solution of differential equations using Laplace transforms Transformation of
basic signals and circuit into s- domain Transient analysis of RL, RC, and RLC networks with
impulse, step, pulse, exponential and sinusoidal inputs. (8)
Two-Port parameters: Open circuit, short circuit, transmission and hybrid parameters, relationship
between parameter sets, reciprocity and symmetry conditions, parallel connections, parallel
connection of two port networks. Network equivalents - Analysis of T, n, ladder, and lattice networks.
(8)
Network functions for the single port and two ports, properties of driving point and transfer functions,
Poles and Zeros of network functions, Significance of Poles and Zeros. Time domain response from
pole zero plot, Impulse Response Network functions in the sinusoidal steady state, Magnitude and
Phase response. (5)
Resonance: Series resonance, bandwidth, Q factor and Selectivity, Parallel resonance. Coupled
circuits: single tuned and double tuned circuits, dot convention, coefficient of coupling, Analysis of
coupled circuits. (7)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Kuo Franklin F., Network analysis and synthesis, 1 st ed., Wiley International, 1962.
reference 2. Van Valkenburg M.E., Network analysis, 3rd ed., Eastern Economy Edition, 1983.
material Reference Books:
1. Roy Chaudhary D., Network and systems, Wiley Eastern Limited.
2. Chattopadhyay D &Rakshit P C-Fundamental of Electric Circuit Theory-S chand& company Ltd.
Edminister Joseph A., NahviMohmood, Electric Circuits, 3 rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 2

CO2 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 2

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 2 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 2 3

CO5 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 2

CO6 3 3 1 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 1 2
CO7 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 2

CO8 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 2

CO9 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES451 NETWORK
ANALYSIS AND
PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
SYNTHESIS
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), and end assessment (EA))
CT+EA
Course  CO 1: Prepare laboratory reports that clearly communicate experimental information in a
Outcomes logical and scientific manner.
 CO2: Students will get the basic concepts of passive components and their configurations
and about how to use experimental equipment‘s such as function generator, CRO, regulated
power supply etc.
 CO3: Predict and measure the transient and sinusoidal steady-state responses of simple RL,
RC and RLC circuits.
 CO4: Able to apply linearity and superposition concepts to analyze RL, RC, and RLC
circuits in time and frequency domains.
 CO5: Able to analyze resonant circuits both in time and frequency domains.
 CO6: Able to construct and make time and frequency domain measurements on elementary
RL, RC, and RLC circuits.
 CO7: Evaluate the parameters of two port networks to analyze the performance of
transmission lines
 CO8: Apply computer mathematical and simulation programs to solve circuit problems.
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered
1. Determination of transient response of current in RL and RC circuits with step voltage
input.
2. Determination of transient response of current in RLC circuit with step voltage input for
under-damped, critically damped and over-damped cases.
3. Determination of frequency response of current in RLC circuit with sinusoidal ac input.
4. Determination of frequency response characteristics of a low pass and high pass active
filters.
5. Determination of z and h parameters (dc only) for two port networks.
6. Determination of the driving point and transfer impedance of coupling circuit.
7. To verify different Network Theorem for ac Circuit.
8. Locus diagram of RC and RL circuit.
9. Generation of Periodic, Exponential, Sinusoidal, damped sinusoidal, Step, Impulse, and
Ramp signals using MATLAB in both discrete and analog form.
10. Determination of transient and frequency response characteristics of RL, RC and RLC
circuits using MATLAB.
11. Determination of frequency response characteristics of a T-network low pass and high pass
passive filters using MATLAB
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Kuo Franklin F., Network analysis and synthesis, 1st ed., Wiley International, 1962.
reference 2. Van Valkenburg M.E., Network analysis, 3rd ed., Eastern Economy Edition, 1983.
material Reference Books:
1. Roy Chaudhary D., Network and systems, Wiley Eastern Limited.
2. Chattopadhyay D &Rakshit P C-Fundamental of Electric Circuit Theory-S chand& company Ltd.
3. Edminister Joseph A., NahviMohmood, Electric Circuits, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw Hill.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 1 1

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3

CO7 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 1 1

CO8 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 3 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Course Name Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR)/ Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
ECS481 Analog Electronics PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
Laboratory
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), and end assessment (EA))
Basic Electronics (ECC01) CT+EA
Analog Electronics (ECC331)
Course CO#1: Acquire knowledge of identifying analog Integrated Circuits.
Outcomes CO#2: Gain knowledge of designing linear and non-linear analog circuits using transistor.
CO#3: Develop skills to design amplifiers and oscillators.
CO#4: Acquire skills to implement analog circuits using breadboard.
CO#5: Develop acquaintance to use electronic test and measurement instruments.

List of Experiment:1
Experiments DESIGN AND SET UP AN RC COUPLED COMMON EMITTER AMPLIFIER USING
VOLTAGE DIVIDER BIASED BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR TO PLOT ITS
FREQUENCY RESPONSE AND DETERMINE THE GAIN-BANDWIDTH PRODUCT.
Experiment:2
DESIGN, SETUP AND PLOT THE FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF COMMON SOURCE JFET
AMPLIFIER AND OBTAIN THE BANDWIDTH.
Experiment:3
DESIGN AND TEST A 1 KHZ RELAXATION OSCILLATOR USING UJT.
Experiment:4
COMPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY CLASS B PUSH PULL POWER AMPLIFIER.
Experiment:5
LINEAR APPLICATION OF OP-AMP (INVERTING AMPLIFIER, NON-INVERTING
AMPLIFIER).
Experiment:6
 DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF INTEGRATOR AND DIFFERENTIATOR
USING IC 741 OP-AMP.
 DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ADDER AND SUBTRACTOR USING OP-
AMP.
Experiment:7
 DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF RC PHASE SHIFT OSCILLATOR USING IC
741 OP-AMP.
 DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR USING IC 741
OP-AMP.
Experiment:8
DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF ASTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR USING IC 555.

Experiment:9
DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF VOLTAGE REGULATOR USING IC 723.
Experiment:10
TO STUDY SOLDERING AND DE-SOLDERING TECHNIQUES.
References Reference Manuals:
1. Brian Dean, Introduction to Analog& Digital Circuits Lab Manual, Kendall Hunt Pub
Co, 2018.
2. NAVAS, K. A., Electronics Lab Manual (VOLUME 1 and 2), PHI, Sixth Edition.

3. Departmental Lab Manual.

Mapping of CO (Course outcomes) and PO (Program Outcomes)


PO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO

CO#1 2 1 2 - - - - - 1 1 - 1

CO#2 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 1 1 - 1

CO#3 2 3 3 1 1 - - - 1 1 - 1

CO#4 1 2 3 2 1 - - - 2 1 - 1

CO#5 2 1 2 2 1 1 - - 3 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 are defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Mechanical Engineering


Course Title of the course Programme Total no of contact hours Credit
Code Core(PCR)/Electives(PEL)
MES-481 Fluid and Thermal PCR Lecture Tutorial Practical Total 2
Engineering (L) (T) (P) Hours
Sessional 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), and end assessment (EA))
Theory of hydraulic machine and CT+EA
power plant engineering
Course
Outcome  Co1: Study of calibration of Venturi meter
 Co2: Study the performance characteristics of Pelton and Francis turbine
 Co3: Understanding the performance characteristics of centrifugal pump
Co4: Understanding the function, and construction of Lancashire Boiler
 Co5: Study the principle of diesel and petrol engine
Topics Covered 1. Calibration of Venturimeter
2. Friction loss computation in pipe flow
3. Performance of centrifugal pump
4. Performance test of pelton turbine
5. Performance test of Francis turbine
6. Calibration of Vacuum gauge (Bourdon gauge tube)
7. Model study of Lancashire Boiler
8. To study the performance of 4 stroke petrol engine
9. To study the performance of diesel engine using rope brake dynamometer under variable load
condition.

Text books,
and/or Suggested Text Books:
Reference 1. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics-Fox, Mcdonald and Pritchard
material 2. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and fluid Machines- Som and Biswas
3. Introduction to Power Plant Engineering - P K Nag

Suggested Reference Books:


Fluid Mechanics- J F Douglas, J M Gasiorek, J A Swaffied, L B Jack

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome) for MES-481


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 2 3 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 2 2

CO2 2 3 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 2 2

CO3 2 3 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 2 2

CO4 2 3 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 2 2

CO5 2 3 1 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Subject for Non-departmental Students: (4th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEC431 CONTROL SYSTEM ENGINEERING
EEC-432 ELECTRICAL MACHINES
EES481 CONTROL SYSTEMS LABORATORY
EES-482 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LABORATORY

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC431 CONTROL
SYSTEM PCR 3 0 0 3 3
ENGINEERING
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
ECC 303 (SIGNALS AND CT+MT+EA
SYSTEMS)
Course  CO1: To get the knowledge of basic objectives of control system design
Outcomes  CO2: To derive input-output relationship of systems based on their mathematical modeling
governed by basic laws of physics
 CO3: To justify stability of systems based on their transfer functions, time domain and
frequency domain specifications
 CO4: To develop concepts on root pattern with variable gains and comment on the stability
 CO5: To determine the stability of closed-loop system based on open loop frequency response
 CO6: To be able to design controllers so as to meet design specifications both in time as well as
frequency domain
 CO7: To be able to realize the controller both in software simulation through MATLAB coding
as well as in real-time environment.
Topics Introduction to control systems: Historical development, Open and Closed loop systems,
Covered Applications, Effects of feedback, Types of feedback control systems, Servomechanism. (4)
Mathematical Models of Physical Systems: Concept of Linearization, Modeling of electrical
networks, Modeling of mechanical system elements, Transfer functions, Block diagram Algebra,
Signal flow graph and Mason‘s Gain formula. (6)
Introduction to State Variable Approach: Concepts of state, state variables and state model state
models for linear Continuous-time systems, state transition matrix. (4)
Representation of Control Components: Electrical components, Mechanical components,
Electromechanical Components. (2)
Time domain analysis and design specification of linear systems: Standard signals, Transient
response and s-plane root locations of Second and higher order systems, Design specifications,
steady state errors and error constants, effects of adding poles and zeros to transfer functions, P, PI,
PD and PID controllers. (6)
Concepts of Stability and Algebraic Criterion: Concept of stability, Concept of Stable and
Unstable Characteristic equation & necessary conditions for stability, Routh-Hurwitz stability
criteria. (4)
Root Locus Technique: The concept of root locus, Analytical construction of Root Loci, Root-
locus Plots with MATLAB. Design using root locus (4)
Frequency Response Analysis and Stability Studies in Frequency Domain: Frequency domain
specifications, correlation between time and frequency response, Polar plots, Bode plots, Nyquist
stability criterion, Relative stability, conditionally stable system, M and N loci on complex and
gain phase plane, MATLAB tools and case studies. (8)
Design and Compensation Techniques: Preliminary considerations of classical Design,
Realization of Basic compensators, Frequency domain and s-plane design techniques, Example of
control systems. Design with MATLAB. (4)
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 1. J. Nagrath and M Gopal, Control system Engineering, New Age International Publishers
reference 2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall. Mapping
material 3. B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control system, John Wiley & Sons of CO
(Course
Suggested Reference Books:
Outcome)
1. Norman S. Nise, Control system Engineering, John Wiley & Sons
and PO
2. B. Shahian and M. Hassul, Control System Design using MATLAB, Prentice Hall.
(Program
me Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 1 1

CO4 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 1 1 1

CO6 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 1 3 1 1 1
CO7 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC-432 ELECTRICAL PCR 2 1 0 3 3
MACHINES
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
TECHNOLOGY)
Course  CO 1: Theory of electromechanical energy conversion, the concepts of voltage generation and
Outcomes
fundamental torque equation.
 CO2: Basic understanding of the principles of operation and construction of direct and alternating
current machines and transformers.
 CO3: A study of theory and concept of Electric Machines (AC & DC).
 CO4: Deriving equivalent circuit of electrical machines.
 CO5: Studying the performance and characteristics of Electrical machines (AC & DC).
Topics Basic principle of Faraday‘s law of electro-magnetic induction, energy conversion and magnetic
Covered circuit. (4)
Transformer: Construction and principle of operation of single-phase transformer, Step-up and Step-
down transformer, E.M.F. equation, Equivalent circuits, phasor diagram, Open circuit and short
circuit tests, losses and efficiency, All day efficiency, Auto transformer. (8)
D.C. Machines Construction, Methods of excitation and classifications, Simple lap and wave
windings, emf equation, characteristics of different dc generator, armature reaction, Commutation,
Back e.m.f in a d.c. motor, Motor Starter, Speed and torque equations, Speed vs torque
characteristics and speed control of DC motors, losses in dc machines, Applications. (12)
Induction Motor: Pulsating and rotating magnetic field construction and principle of operation of
Single and three phase induction motors, cage and wound rotor induction motors, comparison
between them slip, equivalent circuits, no load and blocked rotor tests, Circle diagram, Torque/speed
curve Starting and speed control, Applications of single phase and three phase induction motors.
(12)
Synchronous Machines: Construction-alternators-turbo & hydro generators, principle of operation,
emf equation, excitation control, synchronization load sharing synchronous motor operation,
Synchronous condenser, applications of synchronous generator and motor. (6)

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or 1. Electrical Machinery by P S Bimbhra
reference 2. Electrical Technology Vol-II by B L Thereza
material Reference Book:
1.Electrical Machines by J B Gupta

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO2 2 2 2 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO3 2 2 2 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES481 CONTROL
SYSTEMS PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), and end assessment (EA))
ECC303(SIGNALS AND CT+EA
SYSTEMS)
Course  CO 1: To understand the dynamic behaviour of real-time systems.
Outcomes  CO2: To simulate physical systems in real-time environment.
 CO3: To design control system to improve the performance characteristics of real-time
systems.
 CO4: To determine the parameters and transfer function of physical systems from real-time
experimentation.
 CO5: To get acquainted with MATLAB programming, MATLAB-SIMULINK in order to
simulate, analyze and design of control system design for different plants under
consideration.
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered 1. DC Servo Speed Control System
2. DC Servo Position Control System
3. Temperature Control System 4. Linear System Simulator
5. Lead and Lag Network
6. P, PI and PID controller
7. Study of Different real-time systems through Simulation in MATLAB
8. PID Design Method for DC motor Speed Control using MATLAB
9. Root Locus Design Method for DC motor Speed Control using MATLAB
10.DC motor Speed Control Based on Frequency Response using MATLAB
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 1. J. Nagrath and M Gopal, Control system Engineering, New Age InternationalPublishers.
reference 2. 2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall.
material Suggested Reference Books:
1.B. Shahian, M. Hassul, Control System Design using MATLAB, Prentice Hall. Laboratory
Manuals

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 3

CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 3 3

CO4 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES-482 ELECTRICAL PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
MACHINES
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), and end assessment (EA))
EES51(ELECTRICAL CT+EA
TECHNOLOGY LAB), EEC432
(ELECTRICAL MACHINES)
Course  CO1: Ability to determine the equivalent circuit parameters of a single-phase transformer
Outcomes
 CO2: Ability to determine the parameters of single-phase as well as three phase induction motor.
 CO3: Ability to determine the characteristics of dc shunt generator and series generator
 CO4: Ability to control the speed of a dc shunt motor
 CO5: Ability evaluate the voltage regulation of an alternator
 CO6: Ability to determine the efficiency of dc machines
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered
1. Determination of equivalent circuit parameters of a single-phase transformer.
2. No-load and load characteristics of a dc shunt generator.
3. Speed control of a dc shunt motor.
4. Open-circuit and load characteristics of a dc series generator.
5. Voltage regulation of an alternator.
6. To perform no-load and blocked-rotor tests on a three-phase Induction Motor.
7. To perform no-load and blocked-rotor tests on a single-phase Induction Motor.
8. Swinburne‘s test of a dc machine.
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Electrical Machinery by P S Bimbhra
reference 2. Electrical Technology Vol-II by B L Thereza
material Reference Book:
1. Electrical Machines by J B Gupta

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO4 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO5 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO6 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1
Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:
1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Semester - V
Sl. Code Subject L T S C H
1 EEC501 Electrical Machines - II 3 1 0 4.0 4
2 EEC502 Control Systems 3 1 0 4.0 4
3 EEC503 Power Systems - II 3 1 0 4.0 4
4 EEC504 Power Electronics 3 1 0 4.0 4
5 YYO54* Open Elective - 2 3 0 0 3.0 3
6 ECS581 Digital Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
7 EES551 Control Systems Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
8 EES552 Electrical Machines Laboratory - I 0 0 3 1.5 3
9 XXS581 Co-curricular Activities - V (Optional) 0 0 0 0.0 0
TOTAL 15 4 9 23.5 28

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC501 ELECTRICAL
MACHINES - II PCR 3 1 0 4 4
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC402 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
MACHINES - I
Course  CO1: Ability to design an AC machine and distinguish it from a DC machine
Outcomes  CO2: Ability to determine the alternator voltage regulation
 CO3: Ability to Synchronize an alternator with an infinite bus
 CO4: Ability to understand the starting methodology of a synchronous motor and determine
the variation of synchronous machine performance with excitation
 CO5: Ability to assess performance of an induction motor based on appropriate
experimentation
 CO6: Ability to start an induction motor by appropriate means & controlling its speed in
effective way
Topics Synchronous Generator: Constructional Features of Salient Pole and Non-Salient Pole Machines,
Covered Arrangement of Field Winding in the two types of Machines. Armature Winding. (5)
Cylindrical Rotor Theory: Phasor Diagram, Open Circuit and Short Circuit Characteristics,
Synchronous Reactance, Load Characteristics, Zero Power Factor Characteristics, Voltage
Regulation by different methods, Power Angle Characteristics. (10)
Salient-Pole Theory: Blondel‘s Two-Reaction Concept, Direct Axis and Quadrature Axis
Synchronous Reactance, Power Angle Characteristics, Slip Test. (3)
Parallel Operation of synchronous generators, Load sharing. (4)
Synchronous Motor: Constructional features, Methods of Starting, Phasor Diagram, Torque and
Power Relations in Non-Salient Pole and Salient Pole Motors, V-Curves, Various Types of
Excitations, Synchronous Condenser, Applications. (8)
Three Phase Induction Motor: Constructional Features of Slip Ring and Squirrel Cage type
Motors, Principle of Operation, Flux and MMF Wave, No-Load Speed and Slip, Rotor Quantities
Referred to Stator, Relationship Between Input Voltage and Current, Equivalent Circuit, Analysis of
Equivalent Circuit. (4)
Torque Speed Characteristics, Starting, Maximum and Full Load Torque, Condition for Maximum
Torque, Regions of Stable and Unstable Operations, Effect of rotor resistance and supply frequency
on Speed Torque Characteristics, Performance Characteristics, and Circle Diagram. (4)
Starting of Slip Ring and Squirrel Cage Motors, High Starting Torque Motors. (3)
Speed Control of induction motors. (3)
Single phase induction motor: Constructional features, various types, Rotating magnetic field theory,
Equivalent circuit, Determination of constants, methods of starting, Applications. (4)
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 1. A. S. Langsdorf, Theory of A. C. Machines, Tata McGraw Hill.
reference Suggested Reference Books:
material 1. I. L. Kosow, Electric Machinery & Transformers, PHI.
2. E. Fitzgerald, C.M. Kingsley (Jr) and S. D. Umans, Electric Machinery, Tata McGraw Hill.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Cos

CO1 3 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO6 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC502 CONTROL PCR 3 1 0 4 4
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC301 (NETW ORK ANALYSIS CT+MT+EA
AND SYNTHESIS),
ECC331 (ANALOG
ELECTRONIC S), EEC402
(ELECTRICAL MACHINES-1),
EEC403 (DIGITAL
ELECTRONICS)
Course • CO1: Acquire the knowledge and skills to identify the basic elements and structures of feedback
Outcomes control systems.
• CO2: To develop the mathematical model of the physical systems.
• CO3: To analyze the time response of the open loop & closed loop systems.
• CO4: To analyze the stability of control systems using different tools.
• CO5: To learn frequency response analysis and stability studies in Frequency Domain
• CO6: To learn control system design using various kinds of compensator & to apply computer
skills with MATLAB
• CO7: To develop and analyze state space models
Topics Introduction to control systems: Historical development, Open and Closed loop systems,
Covered Applications, Effects of feedback, Types of feedback control systems, Servomechanism. (6)
Mathematical Models of Physical Systems: Modeling of electrical networks, modeling of
mechanical system elements, Transfer functions, Block diagram Algebra, Signal flow graph and
Mason‘s Gain formula. (6)
Representation of Control Components: Electrical components, Mechanical components,
Electromechanical Components. (4)
Time domain analysis and design specification of linear systems: Standard signals, Transient
response and S-plane root locations of Second and higher order systems, Design specifications,
steady state errors and error constants, effects of adding poles and zeros to transfer functions, P, PI,
PD and PID controllers. (8)
Concepts of Stability and Algebra Criterion: Concept of stability, characteristic equation necessary
conditions for stability, Routh-Hurwitz stability criteria. (4)
Root Locus Technique: The root locus concept, construction of Root Loci, Important properties
parameters design by Root locus method, Root-locus Plots with MATLAB. (6)
Frequency Response Analysis and Stability Studies in Frequency Domain: frequency domain
specifications, correlation between time and frequency response, Polar plots, Bode plots, Nyquist
stability criterion, Relative stability, conditionally stable system, M and N loci on complex and gain
phase plot MATLAB tools and case studies. (10)
Design and Compensation Technique: Preliminary considerations of classical Design, Realization of
Basic compensators, Frequency domain and S-plane design techniques, Example of control systems.
Design with MATLAB. (6)
Introduction to State Variable Approach: Concepts of state, state variables and state model state
models for linear Continuous-time systems, state transition matrix, Controllability and
Observability. (6)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1.J. Nagrath and M Gopal, Control system Engineering, New Age International Publishers
reference 2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall.
material 3. B. C. Kuo, Automatic control system, John Wiley & Sons
Reference Books:
1. Norman S. Nise, Control system Engineering, John Wiley & Sons
2. B. Shahian and M. Hassul, Control System Design using MATLAB, Prentice Hall.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs
CO1 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 1 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 1 3 1
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 2 1
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 2 1
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 2 1
CO6 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 3
CO7 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Department of Electrical Engineering
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC503 POWER SYSTEMS -
II PCR 3 1 0 4 4
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC401(POWER SYSTEMS – I) CT+MT+EA
Course On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Outcomes CO1: analyze the behavior of the power systems under symmetrical and unsymmetrical fault
conditions and select suitable protective schemes and circuit breakers, in addition to deployment of
suitable current limiting reactors at strategic locations for expansion of the existing systems.
CO2: select bus bar arrangements suitable for any particular application in substations or generating
stations. Besides, they also become acquainted with the layout of substation equipment.
CO3: be familiarized with different types of circuit interrupting devices along with their
constructions, properties, operating principles, testing and appropriate placements.
CO4: be acquainted with various types of relays and their deployment, their characteristics,
connections etc.
CO5: understand and design the diverse schemes used in practice to protect power systems
transmission lines, generators, transformers, bus bars etc.
Topics Short circuit calculation: Symmetrical and asymmetrical short circuits, factors influencing short
Covered circuit capacity, methods of limiting short circuit levels. Symmetrical components, sequence
impedance, analysis of unsymmetrical short circuit in power systems, methods of measuring
sequence components for protective relays. (15)
System of Bus bars: Different bus bar arrangements, indoor and outdoor substations, bus bar
materials spacing etc. conventional layout representation. (6)
Circuit Interruption Devices: Fuses and their characteristics, circuit breakers, arc characteristics,
mechanism of arc extinction, current chopping, resistance switching, L.V. air and oil circuit breakers
H.V. oil circuit breakers, Air blast circuit Breakers for H.V. and E.H.V. systems, Sulphur
Hexafluoride (SF6) circuit breaker, Vacuum circuit breaker, Multi break devices, miniature circuit
breakers, Circuit breaker contacts, material and construction rating of circuit breakers, testing and
maintenance. (8)
Protective Relays: Basic requirement of protective relays and classification on their application and
principle of operation. Over current relays, directional relays, characteristics and connections.
Distance relays, impedance, reactance and mho relays. Differential relays, percentage differential
relays, biased beam relay, Translay relay, negative sequence relay, static relays. (12)
Protective Relaying Schemes: Protection of alternators and transformers, circulating current
protection, Relay plug setting and time multiplier setting. Busbar, feeders and transmission line
protection time graded protection differential protection distance protection and carrier current
protection. (15)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. The Art and Science of Protective Relaying, by: C. R. Mason, Published by: Wiley Eastern
reference Limited, ISBN: 978-81-7409-232-3
material 2. Relays: Their Theory and Practice, by: A. R. Van C. Warrington, Publisher: Springer, ISBN:
9780412153808, 0412153807
Reference Books:
1. Switchgear Protection and Power Systems, by: S. S. Rao, Publisher: Khanna Publishers, ISBN:
978-81-7409-232-3
2. Power System Engineering, by: D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Publisher: Tata McGraw Hill,
ISBN: 9780070647916
Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs
CO1
2 3 2 1 2 1 1 0 1 0 1 1

CO2
2 2 3 2 2 1 1 0 1 0 1 1

CO3
2 2 2 3 2 1 1 0 1 0 1 1

CO4
2 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 1 0 1 1

CO5
2 3 3 3 2 2 1 0 1 0 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC504 POWER
ELECTRONICS PCR 3 1 0 4 4
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
ECC331 (ANALOG CT+MT+ EA
ELECTRONICS), EEC403
(DIGITAL ELECTRONICS)
Course • CO1: Acquire an idea about semiconductor devices
Outcomes • CO2: To learn the detail operation of the ac-dc components
• CO3: To learn the detail operation of the dc-dc components
• CO4: To learn the detail operation of the dc-ac components
• CO5: To learn the detail operation of the ac-ac components
• CO6: To identify the utilization of the components in Industry
Topics Characteristics and specifications, operations, V-1 characteristics, two transistor analogy, Turn OFF
Covered and Turn ON characteristics, Series and Parallel operation of Thyristors, Protection against over
voltage and overcurrent, Thermal characteristic protection against dv/dt and di/dt, commutation
methods of Thyristors. Different triggering circuits and their design. Similar characteristics for BJT,
MOSFET, IGBT (12)
Uncontrolled rectifiers: Single phase and multiphase different circuit arrangements and their
operation, analysis, performance evaluations. (6)
Controlled rectifier: Semi Controlled and fully controlled converters, single phase and multiphase,
different circuit arrangements and their operation analysis performance evaluations. (7)
DC-DC Converters: Classification, principles of operation, step down (Buck) and step up (Boost)
switched mode power supply, Buck-Boost Converter, H-bridge converter, their analysis, design,
performance evaluation, applications. (12)
Inverters: Classification, theory of operation, 1200, 1800 mode of conduction, PWM switching
topology, performance evaluation, applications. (12)
AC-AC voltage regulator using Thyristor and TRIAC, Cycloconverters: Theory and their
applications. (5)
Industrial applications. (2)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. B. K. Bose, Power Electronics and AC Drives, Prentice- Hall
reference 2. N. Mohan, T. M. Underland&Riobbins, Power Electronics: Converters, Applications & Design,
material John-Wiley.
Reference Books:
1. L. Umanand, Power Electronics, Essentials & Applications, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
2. Robert W. Erickson & D. Maksimovic, Fundamentals of Power Electronics, Springer
International Editio

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 2 3 1 3 1 2 1 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 3 1 2 1 3 3

CO3 1
3 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 3

CO4 1
3 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 3

CO5 1
3 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 3 3

CO6 1 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Open Elective: Basket– 2 (5th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO540 Measurement and Instrumentation
EEO541 Fundamentals of Control Systems
EEO542 Power System Analysis and Design

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO540 MEASUREMENTS
AND PEL 3 0 0 3 3
INSTRUMENTATION
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
TECHNOLOGY)
Course  CO1: Given specifications of different measuring instruments for measurement of particular
Outcomes parameter of some known electrical system, compare and judge to find the most suitable one.
 CO2: Given application of electrical engineering for measurement of particular parameter along
with specified range and accuracy, choose most suitable measuring instrument with the
understanding of individual working principles, also judge to fit the given application.
 CO3: For some specific parameter to be measured, along with the given range, resolution,
accuracy and output format, choose suitable sensor, design associated signal conditioning and
analog/digital processing circuit to meet the desired specification.
 CO4: Given parameters to identify the location of fault.
Topics Covered Method of measurement, Measurement system, Classification of instruments, Definition of
accuracy, Precision, Resolution, Speed of response, Error in measurement, Classification of errors.
(3)
Measurement of Voltage and Current: Principle of operation and torque equation of Moving coil,
Moving iron instruments. (5)

Extension of instrument ranges. (2)

Measurement of Power & Energy: Principle of operation of Electrodynamic & Induction type
wattmeter, Power measurement by two wattmeter, Construction, theory and application of AC
energy meter. (6)

Measurement of resistance: Measurement of medium, low and high resistances, Megger (6)

AC Bridges: Measurement of Inductance, Capacitance, Frequency, mutual inductance (8)

Localization of Cable fault: Methods used for localization of ground and short circuit fault. (4)

Sensors & Transducers: Introduction to sensors & Transducers, Strain gauge, LVDT, Temperature
transducers, Piezo-electric transducer, pressure transducer, Flow measurement using magnetic flow
measurement. (8)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or reference 1. K. Sawhney, A course in Electrical & Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation, Dhanpat
material Rai& sons.
2. E. W. Golding & F. C. Widdis, Electrical Measurement & Measuring Instruments, Wheeler
Publishing
Reference Books:
1. H. S. Kalsi, Electronics Instrumentation, Mc-Graw Hill Education.
2. A. J. Bouwens, Digital Instrumentation, Tata Mc-Graw hill.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 2

CO3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1

CO4 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO541 FUNDAMENTALS PEL 3 0 0 3 3
OF CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
MAC01 (MATHEMATICS-I) CT+MT+EA
MAC02 (MATHEMATICS-II)
Course  CO1: To get the knowledge of basic objectives of control system design
Outcomes  CO2: To derive input-output relationship of systems based on their mathematical modeling
governed by basic laws of physics
 CO3: To justify stability of systems based on their transfer functions, time domain and
frequency domain specifications
 CO4: To develop concepts on root pattern with variable gains and comment on the stability
 CO5: To determine the stability of closed-loop system based on open loop frequency response
 CO6: To be able to design controllers so as to meet design specifications both in time as well as
frequency domain
 CO7: To be able to realize the controller both in software simulation through MATLAB coding
as well as in real-time environment.
Topics Introduction to control systems: Historical development, Open and Closed loop systems,
Covered Applications, Effects of feedback, Types of feedback control systems, Servomechanism. (4)
Mathematical Models of Physical Systems: Modeling of electrical networks, Modeling of
mechanical system elements, Transfer functions, Block diagram Algebra, Signal flow graph and
Mason‘s Gain formula. (6)
Introduction to State Variable Approach: Concepts of state, state variables and state model state
models for linear Continuous-time systems, state transition matrix. (4)
Representation of Control Components: Electrical components, Mechanical components,
Electromechanical Components. (2)
Time domain analysis and design specification of linear systems: Standard signals, Transient
response and s-plane root locations of Second and higher order systems, Design specifications,
steady state errors and error constants, effects of adding poles and zeros to transfer functions, P, PI,
PD and PID controllers. (6)
Concepts of Stability and Algebraic Criterion: Concept of stability, Characteristic equation &
necessary conditions for stability, Routh-Hurwitz stability criteria. (4)
Root Locus Technique: The concept of root locus, Analytical construction of Root Loci, Root-
locus Plots with MATLAB. (4)
Frequency Response Analysis and Stability Studies in Frequency Domain: Frequency domain
specifications, correlation between time and frequency response, Polar plots, Bode plots, Nyquist
stability criterion, Relative stability, conditionally stable system, M and N loci on complex and
gain phase plane, MATLAB tools and case studies. (8)
Design and Compensation Techniques: Preliminary considerations of classical Design,
Realization of Basic compensators, Frequency domain and s-plane design techniques, Example of
control systems. Design with MATLAB. (4)
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 1. J. Nagrath and M Gopal, Control system Engineering, New Age International Publishers
reference 2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall.
material 3. B. C. Kuo, Automatic Control system, John Wiley & Sons
Suggested Reference Books:
1. Norman S. Nise, Control system Engineering, John Wiley & Sons
2. B. Shahian and M. Hassul, Control System Design using MATLAB, Prentice Hall.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 1 1

CO4 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 1 1 1

CO6 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 1 3 1 1 1

CO7 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Department of Electrical Engineering
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO542 POWER SYSTEM
ANALYSIS AND PEL 3 0 0 3 3
DESIGN
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course  CO1: Given Specification leads to design of network, choice of optimal Voltage, Transmission
Outcomes line and its material, considering the factors like sag, tension and corona.
 CO2: Given Specification leads to study of suitable system parameters and incorporating laws of
Power systems to choose the most applicable.
 CO3: Given Specification emphasizes on the different Tariff structures, by which one can able to
judge, compare and select a suitable Tariff plan.
 CO4: Given Specification emphasize on the design of equipment‘s, on the basis of power factor.
 CO5: Given specification will give knowledge about the different types of faults and its severity,
which can help to design the protection schemes for those faults
Topics Fundamentals of Power systems: Transmission line (single phase and three phase), per unit systems,
Covered Line constants. (1)
Load characteristics: Introduction, connected load, variable Load on Power Station, Load Curves,
Important terms and factors, Load duration curve-Load curves and selection of generating units,
base load and peak load of power station. (6)
Mechanical Design of Overhead Lines, Sag and Tension: General consideration, Line supports, type
of steel towers, Sag and tension, Sag and tension calculation, Parabolic method, Catenary method,
Sag and tension charts. (7)
Corona: Phenomenon of corona, disruptive critical voltage, visual critical voltage, corona loss,
factors and conditions affecting corona loss. (3)
Balanced and unbalanced fault: Introduction, effects of faults, symmetrical fault, symmetrical
components, unsymmetrical faults. (5)
Load flow studies: Network model formulation, formation of Ybus, load flow problem, Gauss-
Siedel method, Newton-Raphson method, Decoupled load flow studies, comparison of load flow
methods. Advantages and disadvantages. (7)
Power system stability: Steady state stability, transient stability, equal area criteria, swing equation,
multi machine stability concept and methods for improving stability. (8)
Economic operation of power system: Incremental fuel cost, economic dispatch neglecting
transmission losses, transmission loss as a function of plant generation, General loss formula,
Optimum load dispatch considering transmission losses. (5)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. H. Cotton & H. Barber, The Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy, Hodder
reference Arnold
material 2. 2. A. R. Bergen, V. Vittal, Power Systems Analysis, Pearson Edition
Reference Books:
1. John J. Grainger & William D. Stevenson, Power system analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Education.
2. D. P. Kothari & I. J. Nagrath, Modern Power System Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Education

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2

CO2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 2

CO3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2

CO4 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1
CO5 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code course (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
ECS581 Digital PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
Electronics
Laboratory
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end
assessment (EA)):
Basic Electronics (ECC01) Assignments and End Semester Examination
Digital Electronics (EEC403)
Course CO#1: Understand digital circuits as basic building blocks of electrical
Outcomes communication, control system with enhanced problem solving skills.
CO#2: Enrich knowledge of historical developments with facts that led to
Integrated Circuits domain.
CO#3: Design and develop complex digital circuits for electronics appliances.
CO#4: Develop subsystems for the design of digital computers.
Topics Experiment :1
Covered  DESIGN OF HALF ADDER AND HALF SUBTRACTOR CIRCUIT USING NAND
GATES ONLY.
 DESIGN OF 5-BIT EVEN / ODD PARITY CHECKER CIRCUIT USING XOR GATE.

Experiment: 2
 REALIZATION OF MULTIPLEXER AS UNIVERSAL LOGIC GATE.
 DESIGN FULL ADDER AND FULL SUBTRACTOR CIRCUIT USING 4:1
MULTIPLEXER.

Experiment: 3
 REALISING A BCD TO DECIMAL DECODER CIRCUIT USING DECODER DRIVER
AND SEVEN SEGMENT LED DISPLAY.
 VERIFYING THE FUNCTION TABLE OF 8 TO 3 LINE PRIORITY ENCODER.

Experiment: 4
 DESIGN OF FOUR BIT ONE‘S COMPLEMENT BINARY ADDER / SUBTRACTOR
CIRCUIT.
 DESIGN OF FOUR BIT TWO‘S COMPLEMENT BINARY ADDER / SUBTRACTOR
CIRCUIT.
 DESIGN OF FOUR AND FIVE BIT DIGITAL MAGNITUDE COMPARATOR.

Experiment: 5
 VERIFICATION OF EXCITATION TABLE OF J-K FLIP-FLOP.
 VERIFICATION OF EXCITATION TABLE OF D FLIP-FLOP.
 DESIGNS OF T TYPE FLIP-FLOP FROM D TYPE FLIP-FLOP.

Experiment: 6
 DESIGN OF ASYCHRONOUS UP COUNTER USING J-K FLIP-FLOP.
 DESIGN OF SYCHRONOUS UP COUNTER USING D FLIP-FLOP.

Experiment: 7
 STUDY OF ASYNCHRONOUS DECADE COUNTER IC7490 IN DIFFERENT MODES.
 STUDY OF ASYNCHRONOUS BINARY COUNTER OR MOD 16 COUNTER IC7493
IN DIFFERENT MODES.

Experiment: 8
 STUDY OF SYNCHRONOUS DECADE COUNTER IC74160 IN DIFFERENT MODES.
 STUDY OF SYNCHRONOUS UP / DOWN COUNTER IC74192.

Experiment: 9
 STUDY OF 64-BIT READ / WRITE MEMORY.
 STUDY OF 4-BIT UNIVERSAL SHIFT REGISTER.

Experiment: 10
 STUDY OF 4-BIT ARITHMATIC LOGIC UNIT.
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Design, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2003 / Pearson
Education (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
reference
material REFERENCES
1. John.M Yarbrough, Digital Logic Applications and Design, Thomson Learning, 2002.
2. Charles H.Roth. Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Learning, 2004.
3. William H. Gothmann, Digital Electronics, 2nd Edition, PHI, 1982.
4. Thomas L. Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, 8th Edition, Pearson Education Inc, New Delhi,
2005
5. Donald D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, TMH, 2016.
6. John F.Wakerly, Digital Design, Fourth Edition, Pearson/PHI, 2006.

Mapping of CO (Course outcomes) with PO (Program Outcomes)


PO
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
CO #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10 #11 #12

CO#1 3 2 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 1
CO#2 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - -
CO#3 3 3 2 2 1 - - - - 1 - -
CO#4 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES551 CONTROL
SYSTEMS PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
EEC301 (NETW ORK CT+EA
ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS)
ECC 331 (ANALOG
ELECTRONIC S), EEC402
(ELECTRICAL MACHINES- 1),
EEC403 (DIGITAL
ELECTRONICS)
Course  CO1: To understand the dynamic behavior of real-time systems.
Outcomes  CO2: To simulate physical systems in real-time environment.
 CO3: To design control system to improve the performance characteristics of real-time systems.
 CO4: To determine the parameters and transfer function of physical systems from real-time
experimentation.
 CO5: To get acquainted with MATLAM programming, MATLAB-SIMULINK in order to
simulate, analyze and design of control system design for different plants under consideration.
Topics List of Experiments
Covered 1. DC Servo Speed Control System
2. DC Servo Position Control System
3. Temperature Control System
4. Process Simulator
5. Linear System Simulator
6. Lead and Lag Network
7. P, PI and PID controller
8. Determination of Transfer Function of DC Motor
9. Study of Different real-time systems through Simulation in MATLAM environment.
10.PID Design Method for DC motor Speed Control using MATLAB
11.Root Locus Design Method for DC motor Speed Control using MATLAB
12.DC motor Speed Control Based on Frequency Response using MATLAB
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 1. J.Nagrath and M Gopal, Control system Engineering, New Age InternationalPublishers.
reference 2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall
material Suggested Reference Books:
1. B. Shahian, M. Hassul, Control System Design using MATLAB, Prentice Hall. Laboratory
Manuals

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO2
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO3
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO4
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO5
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES552 ELECTRICAL
MACHINES PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY - I
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
EES51 (ELECTRICAL CT+EA
TECHNOLOGY LAB.), EEC402
(ELECTRICAL MACHINES-I)
Course  CO1: Ability to determine the equivalent circuit parameters and evaluate the efficiency of a single-
Outcomes phase transformer
 CO2: Ability to connect three single-phase transformers as a three-phase transformer in different
configurations
 CO3: Ability to determine the characteristics of dc shunt and series generators
 CO4: Ability to start and control the speed of a dc shunt motor
 CO5: Ability to connect two single-phase transformers in parallel
 CO6: Ability to determine the losses in a dc machine and evaluate the efficiency.
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered 1. Determination of equivalent circuit parameters of a single-phase transformer.
2. No-load and load characteristics of a dc shunt generator.
3. Speed control of a dc shunt motor.
4. Open-circuit and load characteristics of a dc series generator.
5. Ward Leonard method of speed control of a dc shunt motor.
6. Three-phase transformer connections.
7. Parallel operation of single-phase transformers.
8. Swinburne‘s test of a dc machine.

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or 1. A. E. Fitzgerald, C. Kingsley and S. Umans, Electric Machinery, McGraw-Hill Co. Inc.
reference 2. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, Electrical Machines, Tata McGraw-Hill.
material Reference Books:
1. M.G. Say, Alternating Current Machines, Pitman Publishing.
2. Laboratory manuals

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1

CO3 3 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1

CO4 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2

CO5 3 2 2 3 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2

CO6 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Semester - VI

Code Subject L T S C H
HSC631 Economics and Management Accountancy 3 0 0 3.0 3
EEC601 Advanced Power Systems 3 1 0 4.0 4
EEC602 Microprocessor and Microcontroller 3 1 0 4.0 4
EEE610 -- Depth Elective - 1 3 0 0 3.0 3
EEE610 -- Depth Elective - 2 3 0 0 3.0 3
EES651 Electrical Machines - II Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
EES652 Power Electronics Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
EES653 Power System Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
XXS681 Co-curricular Activities - VI (Optional) 0 0 0 0.0 0
TOTAL 15 2 9 21.5 26

Department of Management Studies


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
HSC631 Economics and PCR 3 0 0 3 3
Management
Accountancy
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end assessment
(EA))
NIL CT+MT+EA

Course  CO1: To review basic economic principles with students.


Outcomes  CO2: To introduce students‘ basic capital appraisal methods used for carrying out economic
analysis of different alternatives of engineering projects or works.
 CO3: Enable the students to gain a good knowledge of financial accounting so that to enable them
to prepare, analyses and interpret financial statements for taking business decisions.
Topics PART 1: Economics
Covered Group A: Microeconomics
Sl. No. Name L T P Cr H
Unit 1: Economics: Basic Concepts 2 0 0 2 2
Unit 2: Theory of Consumer Behavior 3 0 0 3 3
Unit 3: Theory of Production, Cost and Firms 3 0 0 3 3
Unit 4: Analyses of Market Structures: Perfect Competition 3 0 0 3 3
Unit 5: Monopoly Market 2 0 0 2 2
Unit 6: General Equilibrium & Welfare Economics 2 0 0 2 2
TOTAL 15 0 0 15 15

Group B: Macroeconomics
Sl. No. Name L T P Cr H
Unit 1: Introduction to Macroeconomic Theory 2 0 0 2 2
Unit 2: National Income Accounting 3 0 0 3 3
Unit 3: Determination of Equilibrium Level of Income 4 0 0 4 4
Unit 4: Money, Interest and Income 2 0 0 2 2
Unit 5: Inflation and Unemployment 2 0 0 2 2
Unit 6: Output, Price and Employment 2 0 0 2 2
TOTAL 15 0 0 15 15

PART 2: Management Accountancy


Sl. No. Name L T P Cr H

Introduction to Accounting:
Unit 1: Accounting Environment of Business; Objectives of 4 0 0 4 4
Accounting; Accounting Equations and principles.
Books of Accounting: Journal, Ledger, Cash book.

Unit 2: 5 0 0 5 5
Financial Statement Preparation and Analysis:
Preparation of Trial Balance, Trading, Profit & Loss
account and Balance Sheet. Case study discussion.

Financial Ratio Analysis:


Unit 3: Common Size Statements; Computation of Financial 5 0 0 5 5
Ratios; Interpretation and analysis of Financial Ratios
with the help of case studies.
TOTAL 14 0 0 14 14
Text PART 1: Economics
Books, Group A: Microeconomics
and/or 1. Koutsoyiannis: Modern Microeconomics
reference 2. Maddala and Miller: Microeconomics
material 3. AnindyaSen: Microeconomics: Theory and Applications
4. Pindyck&Rubenfeld: Microeconomics

Group B: Microeconomics
1. W. H. Branson: Macroeconomics – Theory and Policy (2nd ed)
2. N. G. Mankiw: Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers
3. Dornbush and Fisher: Macroeconomic Theory
4. Soumyen Sikder: Principles of Macroeconomics

PART 2: Management Accountancy


1. Gupta, R. L. and Radhaswamy, M: Financial Accounting; S. Chand & Sons
2. Ashoke Banerjee: Financial Accounting; Excel Books
3. Maheshwari: Introduction to Accounting; Vikas Publishing
4. Shukla, MC, Grewal TS and Gupta, SC: Advanced Accounts; S. Chand & Co.

CO-PO MAPPING of Economics and Management Accountancy (HSC631)


CO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3

CO3 - - - 1 - - - - - 2 3 -

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC601 ADVANCED
POWER PCR 4 1 0 4 4
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC401 (POWER SYSTEM-1), CT+MT+EA
EEC503 (POWER SYSTEM-1I)
Course  CO1: To understand basics of High Voltage Engineering & power system stability
Outcomes  CO2: To design the insulation system and load management module
 CO3: To design the High Voltage test system and Laboratory
 CO4: To learn about the testing of High Voltage power apparatus and to understand on line
monitoring and conditioned monitoring
 CO5: Given specification of stability analysis leads to modeling of power system equipment‘s like
transmission line, generator and design system to obtain operating limits to satisfy the reliability
criteria.
 CO6: Given specification leads to knowledge of regulation of active, reactive power and frequency
of any system and its application in optimal load flow and scheduling
Topics Overview of Insulation, Air as an Insulation, Concept of Dielectric Strength, Electric field and
Covered electrode configuration, Parameters responsible for Break down Voltage of Insulating material (4)
Introduction to Breakdown of Insulation. Breakdown mechanism of insulting systems of Gas,
Liquid, Solid, and Vacuum (7)
Generation of AC high voltages and DC High Voltages, Generation of impulse voltages and
currents: - Analysis of different circuits, Marx multi-stage impulse generator (8)
Testing of High Voltage power Apparatus. Brief reviews of high voltage testing-Methods for High
Voltage Power Apparatus, Introduction to Lightning phenomenon, Insulation Coordination. (5)
Introduction to partial discharge phenomena and concepts of Online testing (3)
Planning and Designing of High Voltage laboratory, Introduction of High Voltage virtual
Laboratory (HVVL) and ICT enabled High Voltage laboratory (3)
HVDC Transmission: Introduction, classification, Stability limits, HVDC cable transmission,
economic comparison, conversion of three phase AC line to DC line, Advantages of HVDC
transmission, Economic distance of HVDC transmission, components of an HVDC transmission (4)
HVDC Converter station, converter unit, converter transformer, filters, reactive power source,
smoothing reactor, HVDC system pole, ground electrodes, back-to-back HVDC station, two
terminal HVDC systems, Multi terminal DC systems, DC circuit breakers, Limitations of HVDC
transmission, application of HVDC transmission. (7)
Load flow studies: Network model formulation, Gauss- Siedel method, Newton-Raphson method,
Decoupled load flow studies, comparison of load flow methods. (4)
Economic operation of power system: Incremental fuel cost, economic dispatch neglecting
transmission losses, General loss formula, Optimum load dispatch considering transmission losses.
(3)
Power system stability: Steady state stability, transient stability, Infinite bus, stability limit, power
angle curve, swing equation, swing curve, M and H constants, equivalent systems equal area criteria,
multi machine stability concept and methods for improving stability. (8)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. C.L.Wadhwa, High Voltage Engineering
reference 2.M S Naidu & Kamraju, High Voltage Engineering
material Reference Books:
1. D.P. Kothari & I.J. Nagrath, Modern Power System Analysis, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
2. Subir Ray, Electrical Power Systems, PHI

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO4 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

CO6 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course
Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEC602 MICROPROCESSOR
& PCR 3 1 0 4 4
MICROCONTROLLER
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC403 (DIGITAL ELECTRONICS) CT+MT+EA
Course • CO 1: Demonstrate programming proficiency using the various addressing modes and data
Outcomes transfer instructions of the target microprocessor microcontroller.
• CO2: Describe key H/W and S/W attributes of microprocessors/microcontrollers.
• CO3: Outline of the major architectural features of microprocessors.
• CO4: Identify—and exercise—opportunities for hardware and software trade-offs.
• CO5: Design of interfacing circuits such as memory, keyboard, display, ADC, DAC, DMA etc.
and programming in assembly language for typical microprocessor-based system.
Topics Covered Fundamentals of digital and microprocessors-based systems. (6)
Basic microprocessor architectures, organizations and functional components. Instruction sets,
assembly language programming, Micro operations of instructions. (10)
Memory Classification: ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, RAM, Memory Interfacing with 8085,
Address decoding for Memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O. (8)
Various types of Interrupts in 8085. (4)
Programmable Peripheral Devices and Interfacing with 8085: 8255, 8259, 8257, 8251, 8253, ADC,
DAC and Practical Applications. (10)
8051 Architecture and Special Function Registers, Organizations and Pin out details, Instruction
sets, Special Function Registers, Assembly language programming, Memory Interfacing with 8051,
Practical applications. (10)
8086 Microprocessor, Architectures, Organizations and Pin out details, Interrupts, Minimum and
Maximum modes of operation, Instruction sets, Assembly language programming. (8)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or reference 1. The 8085 Microprocessor: Author: Ramesh Gaonkar, Pub: PRI
material 2. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded System: Author: Muhammad Ali Mazidi & J. G.
Mazidi.
3. Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing: Author: Badri Ram, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Embedded Systems Design, Heath Steve, Second Edition-2003, Newness,
2. Computers as Components; Principles of Embedded Computing System Design, Wayne Wolf
Harcourt India, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, First Indian Reprint. 2001.
3.Embedded Systems Design – A unified Hardware /Software Introduction, Frank Vahid and Tony
Givargis, John Wiley, 2002.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


Pos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 1 3 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO2 3 1 2 1

CO3 3 3 3 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 2 3 2 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

2018 ONWARD UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION BATCH


DEPTH ELECTIVE COURSE BASKETS
THE STUDENTS PRIMARILY WILL OPT FROM THE DEPTH ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED IN A
PARTICULAR SEMESTER BY HIS/ HER OWN DEPARTMENT. HOWEVER, A STUDENT CAN OPT FOR DEPTH
ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED BY OTHER DEPARTMENT IN A PARTICULAR SEMESTER, WITH THE
PERMISSION/ CONSENT FROM HIS/ HER HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT AND THE CONCERNED TEACHER OF
THAT SUBJECT

Departmental Elective: SIXTH SEMESTER

Subject Code Subject Name


EEE610 Numerical Analysis
EEE611 Instrumentation
EEE612 Modern Control Systems
EEE613 Special Electrical Machines
EEE614 Signals and Systems
EEE615 Advanced Power Electronics
EEE616 Soft Computing Theory and Applications
Department of Electrical Engineering
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
NUMERICAL
EEE610 ANALYSIS PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course  CO 1: To acquire an idea about engineering mathematics and linear algebra
Outcomes  CO2: To learn the Basic concept of numerical computation
 CO3: To learn about solution techniques for linear and nonlinear equations
 CO4: To understand and learn the numerical solution of ordinary differential equation and
integration
Topics Preliminaries of Computing: Basic Concepts, round-off errors, floating point arithmetic,
Covered convergence. (2)
Numerical solution of Nonlinear Equations: Bisection Method, fixed point iteration, Newton‘s
method, error analysis for iterative methods, computing roots of polynomials. (6)
Interpolation and polynomial approximation: Lagrange polynomial, divided differences, Hermite
interpolation. (4)
Numerical Integration and Differentiation: Trapezoidal rule, Gaussian quadrature, Euler -
Maclaurian formula. (6)
Applied Linear Algebra: Direct methods for solving linear systems, numerical factorization,
eigenvalue problems. (4)
Initial Value Problem (IVP) of Ordinary differential equation (ODE): Euler‘s method, Taylor‘s
method, Classical and higher order Runge-Kutta methods Convergence and stability analysis,
Multistep method. (6)
Numerical Linear Algebra: Direct methods, Iterative methods, Jacobi or simultaneous iterations,
Gauss - Seidel or Successive iterations. (8)

Approximation Theory: Least - square approximation. (2)


Approximating Eigenvalues: Power method, Householder‘s method. (2)
Boundary Value problem for ODE: Shooting methods. (2)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Richard L. Burden and J. Douglas Faires, Numerical Analysis, 9th Edition, Cengage Learning
reference 2. J. Matthews and K. Fink, Numerical Methods Using MATLAB, Prentice Hall, 1999.
material Reference Books:
1. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis - S. S. Satry, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of India
Limited

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO2
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO3
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
CO4
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE611 INSTRUMENTATION PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
ECC331 (ANALOG CT+MT+EA
ELECTRONICS), EEC403 (DIGITAL
ELECTRONICS)
Course • CO 1: Given specifications of different measuring instruments for measurement of particular
Outcomes parameter of some known electrical system, compare and judge to find the most suitable one.
• CO2: Given application of electrical engineering for measurement of particular parameter
along with specified range and accuracy, choose most suitable measuring instrument with the
understanding of individual working principles, also judge to fit the given application.
• CO3: For some specific parameter to be measured, along with the given range, resolution,
accuracy and output format, choose suitable sensor, design associated signal conditioning and
analog/digital processing circuit to meet the desired specification.
• CO4: Give multi-parameter control application of electrical engineering design a suitable
instrumentation, using PLC, suitable measuring instruments and actuators (including PLC
programming).
• CO5: Design a suitable Data Acquisition System for some complex electrical system such as.
Power system sub-station, motor protection and control etc.
Topics Covered Basic Concepts of Measurements, Purpose of Instrumentation, Process Variables, generalized
configurations and Functional Descriptions of Measuring Instruments, Generalized Performance
Characteristics of Instruments. (4)
Principles of Transducers, Functions and General Classification of Transducers. Resistive,
Inductive, Capacitive, Piezo-electric, Photo-electric, Thermo-electric, Hall, Magneto strictive etc.
(8)
Measurement of Process Variables, Pressure, Flow, Temperature, Liquid Level, Strain, Force,
Torque, Linear and angular displacement/speed etc. (6)
Ultrasonic Instrumentation: Ultrasonic transmitter and receiver properties, propagation through
medium and interfaces, application in Non-destructive Testing (NDT), measurement of process
variables such as flow, level, thickness etc. (4)
Microprocessor based Instrumentations, Different Digital Instrumentation, Digital Measurement of
Power Factor, Frequency and Time Period, Counters, Embedded systems,
Microprocessor/Microcontrollers, classification, different field of application, design of
microcontroller-based measuring instrument (4)
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC): Introduction, Application, Physical and functional
components, Timers, Counters, Shift Registers, Memory, Ladder Diagram, PLC Programming,
Interfacing with sensors and actuators. Advance PLCs, analog input output, HMI, SCADA,
Communication protocols, PID control through PLC. (10)
Data Acquisition Systems: Objective of a DAS, single channel DAS, Multi-channel DAS,
Components used in DAS- Converter Characteristics-Resolution-Non-linearity, settling time,
Monotonicity. (6)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or reference 1. Transduces and Instrumentation- D.V.S. Murthy Prentice-Hill.
material 2. Instrumentations: Devices and Systems- C.S.Rangan, G.R. Sarma, V.S.V. Mani.
Principles of Industrial Instrumentation - D. Patranabis. Tata Mc. Graw Hill.
Reference Books:
1. Instrumentation, Measurement and Analysis, Author: B. C. Nakra, K. K. Chaudhry - 2004.
2. Programmable Logic Controllers, Author: William Bolton, Newness Supervisory Control and
Data Acquisition, Author: Stuart A. Boyer International Society of Automation.
3. Doebelin, Ernest O. Measurement system. Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 1968. Webster, John-
G., ed. The Measurement, Instrumentation, and Sensors: Handbook. Springer, 1999

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO2 3 1 2 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE612 MODERN
CONTROL PEL 3 0 0 3 3
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
EEE502 (CONTROL SYSTEMS)
Course • CO 1: To understand the states for physical systems
Outcomes
• CO2: To analyses LTI continuous systems with state variable representation
• CO3: To understand the advantages of state variable feedback control
• CO4: To understand optimal control
• CO5: To learn the concept of optimal filtering and state estimation as an essential part of control
system design
Topics State Variable Analysis and Design: Concepts of state, variables and state model state models for
Covered linear continuous time systems. (4)
Conversion of state variables models to transfer functions, solutions of state equations, state
transition matrix, state transition flow graphs. (4)
Eigenvalues, eigenvectors and stability similarity transformation, decompositions of transfer
functions. (4)

Canonical state variable models, controllability, and observability. (4)


Linear State variable Feedback, Observer design. (4)
MATLAB tools and case studies. (6)
Optimal Feedback Control: Parameter optimization and optimal control problems, quadratic
performance index, state regulator design, Linear Quadratic Optimal Control, Solving quadratic
optimal control problems with MATLAB. (8)
Stochastic Optimal Linear Estimation and Control: Linear Quadratic Guassian Control, Optimal
filtering, Estimation, Kalman Bucy filter, Kalman filtering (8)

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or 1. Digital control and state variable methods- M. Gopal
reference 2. Discrete time control systems- K Ogata
material 3. Modern Control Engineering- K. Ogata
4. Digital Control of Dynamic systems. G.Franklin, J.Powell, M.L. Workman.
5. Nonlinear Systems - H. K. Khalil
Reference Books:
1. Nonlinear System Analysis - M. Vidyasagar
2. Applied Nonlinear Control - Jean-Jacques E Slotine, Weiping Li
Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)
POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1
3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 1 3 3

CO2
3 3 2 3 3 1 2 1 2 1 3 3

CO3
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 3

CO4
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 3

CO5
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
SPECIAL
EEE613 ELECTRICAL PEL 3 0 0 3 3
MACHINES
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
TECHNOLOGY)
Course • CO 1: Ability to understand the operation of AC Commutator machines and AC Series motor
Outcomes • CO2: To develop clear concept of Universal motor and Repulsion motor
• CO3: To analyze and control the operation of Stepper motor
• CO4: To analyze the operation of Switched Reluctance motor
• CO5: To understand the operation of PM dc motor and Brushless dc motor
• CO6: To learn the working of Single-phase synchronous motors
Topics AC Commutator machines: Production of different induced emfs, torque equations, characteristics.
Covered (3)
AC Series motor: Introduction, compensated and uncompensated series motors, emf and torque
equations, phasor diagrams, characteristics (3)
Universal motor: Operating principle with ac and dc, comparison of speed for dc and ac supplies and
characteristics. (3)
Repulsion motor: Construction, principle of operation, phasor diagram and characteristics. (2)
Stepper Motors: Introduction, operating principle, full step, half step, micro step, classification of
stepper motors, motor windings, permanent magnet stepper motor, variable reluctance stepper
motor, hybrid stepper motor, energization with 2-phases at a time, single-phase stepper motor,
mathematical analysis of stepper motor, open loop control of 2- phase stepper motor, open loop
control of 3-phase VR stepper motor, closed loop control of a stepper motor, slew speed, ramping,
applications. (8)
High speed operation of stepper motor: Introduction, Pull-out torque-speed characteristics for hybrid
stepper motor, Pull-out torque-speed characteristics for variable reluctance stepper motor. (4)
Switched Reluctance motor: Introduction; principle of operation; differences between SR and
conventional reluctance motor, Torque expression, characteristics, control, advantages and
disadvantages. (5)
Permanent magnet materials and motors: Introduction; minor hysteresis loops and recoil line; stator
frames of conventional PM dc motors; Equivalent circuit of a permanent magnet. (5)
Brushless dc motor: Types of construction, principle of operation, modeling, motor characteristics
and control, advantages and disadvantages. (5)
Single-phase synchronous motors: Single-phase reluctance motor, hysteresis motor, Linear
Induction motor. (4)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Special Electrical Machines: K. Venkataratnam, Universities Press.
reference 2. Stepping Motors and Their Microprocessor Controls: T. Kenjo, Clarendon Press.
material Reference Books:
1. Permanent Magnet and Brushless DC Motors: T. Kenjo and S. Nagamori, Oxford University
Press.
2. Electric Machinery Fundamentals: Stephen J. Chapman,McGraw-Hill Education.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 1 2

CO2 3 2 2 1 2 2 3 1 1

CO3 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 1 2

CO4 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 1 2

CO5 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 1 2

CO6 3 2 2 1 3 2 3 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
SIGNALS AND
EEE614 PEL 3 0 0 3 3
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course  CO 1: To understand the properties continuous and discrete signals and systems, sampling
Outcomes process.
 CO2: To analyze LTI discrete time systems in time domain.
 CO3: To understand and frequency response of continuous and discrete time signals and
system.
 CO4: To learn time frequency characterization of signal and systems
 CO5: To get the knowledge of communication systems
 CO6: To understand the concept of linear feedback system.
Topics Introduction: Signals, systems and sampling (2)
Covered
Discrete-time Signals and Systems: Discrete time signals and systems, Analysis of LTI system,
system described differential and difference equation (4)
Fourier Series Representation of Periodic Signals and Filtering (4)
Frequency Domain Analysis: Frequency analysis of continuous-time and discrete-time signals and
LTI systems, Continuous time Fourier Transform (6)
Discrete Fourier Transform: Properties and Applications, Analysis using DFT (4)
Fast Fourier Transform Algorithms: FFT algorithms and Applications, linear filtering approach to
computation of DFT (6)
Time and Frequency characterization of Signals and Systems: The magnitude and phase
representation of Frequency Response of LTI systems (6)
Communication systems: Sinusoidal Amplitude Modulation, Demodulation sinusoidal AM, Discrete
time Modulation (4)
The Z-transform: Review, Analysis of LTI system in z-domain. (4)
Feedback LTI Systems. (2)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Signals and Systems, A. V. Oppenheim, Alan A. Willsky and S. Hamid
reference 2. Signals, Systems and Inference, A. V. Oppenheim, G. C. Varghese
material Reference Books:
1. Linear Signals and Systems, B. P. Lathi

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1
3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO2
3 3 2 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO3
3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO4
3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO5
3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
CO6
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Department of Electrical Engineering
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE615 ADVANCED
POWER PEL 3 0 0 3 3
ELECTRONICS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC 504 (POWER CT+MT+EA
ELECTRONICS), EEC 502
(CONTROL SYSTEMS)
Course  CO1: To review of basic Power Electronic Systems
Outcomes  CO2: To learn the operation of isolated and non-isolated type Switch-Mode DC-DC
Converters
 CO3: To understand the concept of Multilevel Converters and modulation techniques
 CO4: To understand converter dynamics and control, modelling techniques.
 CO5: To familiarize with different Gate and Base Drive circuits for Power Devices
 CO6: To get acquainted with the state-of-the-art applications of power electronics in
Industry and utility systems
Topics Review of Power Electronic Systems. Overview of Some Modern Power Semiconductor Devices.
Covered (2)
Switch-Mode DC-DC Converters: Introduction, Control of DC-DC converters, Buck, Boost, Buck-
Boost, Full bridge Converter. (4)
Isolated Switching DC Power Supplies: Comparison between Linear & Switching Power Supply,
Specification of SMPS, Different Topologies, Flyback, Forward, Push-Pull, Half and Full Bridge),
Control Requirements & Techniques, Practical SMPS Design Consideration. (4)
Multilevel Converters: Introduction, different topologies, Neutral Point Clamped (NPC), Flying
Capacitor Converter, Cascaded Multilevel Converters. (4)
Different PWM techniques for Inverters: Space Vector PWM technique, Carrier Based Modulation
technique. (4)
Converter Dynamics and Control: State Space Averaging, Converter transfer function, concept of
controller design. (4)
Gate and Base Drive circuits for Power Devices: Concept, different circuits applicable to converters.
(2)
Applications: DC Drives, AC Drives, Power Conditioners and Uninterruptible Power Supplies,
Power Line Disturbances, Power Conditioners, UPS. (6)
Other Residential and Industrial Applications: Electronic ballast, Induction Heating, Electrical
Welding, Static Circuit Breakers, Solid State Relays, HVDC Transmission, Static Var
Compensators. Integration of Renewable Energy in Electric Power Systems. (12)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland and W. P. Robbins, Power Electronics, Converters, Applications and
reference Design, John-Wiley & Sons
material 2. H. W. Whittington, Switch Mode Power Supplies: Design and Construction, Research Studies
Press.
3. Joseph Vithayathil, "Power Electronics - Principles and Applications", McGraw Hill Inc., New
York, 1995.
Reference Books:
1. R. W. Erickson and D. Maksimovic, Fundamental of Power Electronics, Springer
2. E. Acha, V. G. Agelidis, O. Anaya-Lara and T. J. E. Miller, Power Electronic Control in
Electrical Systems, Newnes
3. L. Umanand, Power Electronics, Essential and Applications,Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE616 SOFT COMPUTING
THEORY AND PEL 3 0 0 3 3
APPLICATION
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEE610 (NUMERICAL CT+MT+EA
ANALYSIS)
Course  CO1: For the given linear and non-linear problems under practical limitations,
Outcomes compare classical analytical method and soft computing technique.
 CO2: For a given single objective problem (SOP), apply binary coded genetic
algorithm (BCGA) and real coded genetic algorithm (RCGA) with different
types of crossover, mutation and also understand the impact of different parent
selection strategies.
 CO3: For a given non-linear or non-derivative problem, tune the control
parameters of adaptive particle swarm optimization (APSO) for efficiently
controlling the global exploration and local exploitation.
 CO4: For a given multi-objective problem, explain the significance of Difference
vector in Differential Evolutionary (DE) technique and also illustrate self-
adaptive differential evolutionary (SADE) technique.
 CO5: For a given problem, logically clarify the impact of hidden layers in
artificial neuron network (ANN) and also stepwise explicate the back-
propagation algorithm of ANN.
CO6: For a given problem, describe fuzzy knowledge base controller (FKBC)
showing information and computational flow with membership function, rule base
and defuzzification.
Topics Introduction to soft-computing techniques and its necessity. (1)
Covered Fundamentals of genetic algorithm, Genetic algorithm, Encoding, Fitness function, Reproduction,
Genetic modelling, Cross Over, Inversion and Deletion, Mutation operator, Bit-wise operators,
examples. (7)
Basic Steps in Particle Swarm Optimization algorithm, Bird flocking & fish schooling, velocity,
inertia weight factor, pbest solution, gbest solution, local optima, global optima, examples, new
modifications of PSO, Parameter Selection in PSO; (7)
Fundamentals of Differential Evolution algorithm, difference vector and its significance, Mutation
and crossover, comparisons among DE, PSO and GA, Examples, new modifications of DE,
Improved DE schemes for noisy optimization problems. (8)
Fuzzy set theory, Fuzzy systems, crisp sets and fuzzy sets, fuzzy set operations and approximate
reasoning, Fuzzification, inferencing and defuzzification, Fuzzy knowledge and rule bases,
examples. (8)
Biological neural networks, Model of an artificial neuron, neural network architecture,
Characteristics of neural network, learning methods, Taxonomy of neural network architecture, Back
propagation networks, architecture of a back propagation network, back propagation learning,
Examples, RBF network, Associative memory, Adaptive resonance theory. (9)
Applications of Soft Computing to various fields of engineering. (2)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Devendra K. Chaturvedi, ―Soft Computing- techniques and its application in electrical
reference engineering‖, Springer, 2008.
material 2. Carlos A. Coello,Garry B. Lamont, David A. van Veldhuizen, ―Evolutionary Algorithms for
solving Multi-objective Problems‖, Second Edition, Springer, 2007.
Reference Books:
1.Jyh-Shing Roger Jang, Chuen-Tsai Sun &EijiMizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing: A
Computational Approach to Learning and Machine Intelligence, Prentice Hall
2. S. Rajasekaran and G. A. VijayalakshmiPai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and genetic
Algorithm Synthesis and Applications, PHI
3. L. A. Zadeh, Fuzzy Sets and Applications, John Wiley & Sons

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1

CO2 3 3 2 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO4 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO5 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO6 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
ELECTRICAL
EES651 MACHINES PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY - II
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
EES553 (ELECTRICAL CT+EA
MACHINES LABORATORY -
I) , EEC402 (ELECTRICAL
MACHINES-I), EEC504
(ELECTRICAL MACHINES-
II)
Course  CO1: Ability to determine the equivalent circuit parameters of a single-phase Induction Motor
Outcomes and also a three-phase Induction Motor.
 CO2: Ability to calculate the parameters of a synchronous machine and evaluate the voltage
regulation of an alternator
 CO3: Ability to synchronize two three-phase alternators and to observe sharing of loads
between them
 CO4: Ability to obtain the V-curves of a synchronous motor
 CO5: Ability to determine the efficiency of dc machines
 CO6: Ability to determine the efficiency and temperature rise of a transformer
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered 1. To perform no-load and blocked-rotor tests on a single-phase Induction Motor.
2. To perform no-load and blocked-rotor tests on a three-phase Induction Motor.
3. Voltage regulation of an alternator.
4. Parallel operation of two three-phase alternators.
5. To determine the V-curves of a synchronous motor.
6. Determination parameters of a salient pole synchronous machine.
7. Hopkinson‘s test on dc shunt machines
8. The Sumpner‘s test of transformer
9. Determination of positive, negative and zero sequence impedances of a synchronous machine
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. A. S. Langsford, Theory of A. C. Machines, Tata McGraw Hill.
reference 2. I. L. Kosow, Electric Machinery & Transformers, PHI
material Reference Books:
1. Laboratory manuals

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 2 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

CO2 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 1

CO3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1

CO4 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1

CO5 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1

CO6 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES652 POWER
ELECTRONICS PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
EES553 (ELECTRICAL CT+EA
MACHINES LABORATORY -
I) , EEC402 (ELECTRICAL
MACHINES-I), EEC501
(ELECTRICAL MACHINES-
II)
Course  CO1: To understand the principal of power electronics devices
Outcomes  CO2: To understand the detail operation of the ac-dc/ dc-dc/ ac-ac/ dc-an components
 CO3: To understand the implementation of the components for dc and ac machine control.
 CO4: To develop the ability to design and implement different converters and gate driver circuits
 CO5: To understand the control of the converters
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered 1. Microprocessor Based Single Phase Firing Circuit
(a) To study half wave converter circuit using Microprocessor
(b) To study AC voltage regulator circuit using Microprocessor
2. Single Phase Bridge Inverter Using IGBT
3. Three Phase SCR Module
(a) Three Phase Half Controlled Bridge Rectifier with R and R-L load
(b) Three Phase Fully Controlled Bridge Rectifier R and R-L load
(c) Three Phase AC Voltage Controller with R and R-L load
4. Speed Control of 30 AC Induction Motor Using IPM and MICRO-2407
(a) Open Loop Control of Three Phase Induction Motor by using V/F control
(b) Closed Loop Control of Three Phase Induction Motor by using V/F control.
5. Speed Control of DC Motor by Using Single Phase Triggering and Device module
6. Four Quadrant Operation of DC-DC Chopper
7. Simulation of Gate Driver Circuits of Power Converters by Using PSpice
8. Simulation of Basic DC-DC Converters by Using Multisim
9. Modelling and control of Buck and Boost Converter by Using MATLAB Closed Loop Control of
Boost Converter by Using Multisim
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1.N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland and W. P. Robbins, Power Electronics, Converters, Applications and
reference Design, John-Wiley & Sons
material 2. JosephVithayathil, "Power Electronics - Principles and Applications", McGraw Hill Inc., New
York, 1995.
Reference Books:
1. Laboratory Manuals

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES653 POWER
SYSTEMS PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
EEC401 (POWERSY STEMS-I) CT+EA
EEC503(POWER SYSTEMS- II)
Course  CO 1: Understand various types of relay implementation using static circuits.
Outcomes  CO2: Realization of characteristics for over current, distance and differential relays using
test bench.
 CO3: Realize the various dynamic characteristics of digital relays for protection of
transmission lines, transformers.
 CO4: Identify the new developments in protective relaying and applications
Topics List of Experiments:
Covered The Power system Laboratory includes the protection schemes and simulation related experiments.
Facilities are available for over current, over voltage, directional, differential and distance relays
including different numerical relays, Feeder Protection. Varieties of Power system Simulation
packages like Load flow using MATLAB, EUROSTAG and MiPower are available.
List of experiments:
1. Study of Inverse Definite Minimum Time over-current relay.
2. Study of Directional over-current relay (inverse) type CDD.
3. Study of Numerical Distance protection Relay MiCOM P442.
4. Parallel Feeder Protection.
5. Negative sequence protection of three-phase induction motor.
6. Study of over-voltage relay.
7. Study of Biased Differential Relay
8. Biased Differential Protection of a single-phase Transformer
9. Restricted E/F Protection of 3-phase Transformer
10. Over-current and Earth fault protection scheme for three phase system.
11. To study load flow and different dynamic events of the given network using EUROSTAG / Mi
Power software
12. Study of Cable Fault Locator.
Text Books, Laboratory Manuals
and/or
reference
material

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Semester - VII

Code Subject L T S C H
MSC731 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3.0 3
EEE710 -- Depth Elective - 3 3 0 0 3.0 3
EEE710 -- Depth Elective - 4 3 0 0 3.0 3
EEE710 -- Depth Elective - 5 3 0 0 3.0 3
YYO74* Open Elective - 3 3 0 0 3.0 3
Microprocessor and Microcontroller
EES751 0 0 3 1.5 3
Laboratory
EES752 Advanced Power System Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
EES753 Electrical machine Design Laboratory 0 0 3 1.5 3
Vocational Training /
EES754 0 0 2 1.0 2
Summer Internship and Seminar
EES755 Project - I 0 0 3 1.0 3
TOTAL 15 0 14 21.5 29
Department of Management Studies
Course Title of the course Program Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code Core (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
PRINCIPLES
MSC731 OF PCR 3 0 0 3 3
MANAGEMENT
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course • CO1: To make budding engineers aware of various management functions required for any
Outcomes organization
• CO2: To impart knowledge on various tools and techniques applied by the executives of an
organization
• CO3: To make potential engineers aware of managerial function so that it would help for
their professional career
• CO4: To impart knowledge on organizational activities operational and strategic both in
nature
• C05: To impart knowledge on each functional area of management like Marketing, Finance,
Behavioral Science, Quantitative Techniques and Decision Science
Topics UNIT I: Management Functions and Business Environment: Business environment- macro,
Covered Business environment -micro; Porter‘s five forces, Management functions –overview, Different
levels and roles of management, Planning- Steps, Planning and environmental analysis with
SWOT, Application of BCG matrix in organization (8)
UNIT II: Quantitative tools and techniques used in management: Forecasting techniques, Decision
analysis, PERT & CPM as controlling technique (7)
UNIT III: Creating and delivering superior customer value: Basic understanding of marketing,
Consumer behavior-fundamentals, Segmentation, Targeting & Positioning, Product Life cycle. (8)
UNIT IV: Behavioral management of individual: Motivation, Leadership, Perception, Learning.
(8)
UNIT V: Finance and Accounting: Basics of Financial management of an organization,
Preparation of Final Accounts, Analysis of Financial statements, Cost Volume Profit (CVP)
Analysis, An overview of financial market with special reference to India. (12)

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or 1. Financial Management, 11th Edition, I M Pandey, Vikas Publishing House.
reference 2. Marketing Management 15th Edition, Philip Kotler and Kelvin Keller, Pearson India
material 3. Management Principles, Processes, and practice, first edition, Anil Bhat and Arya Kumar,
Oxford Higher education
4. Organizational Behavior,13 th edition, Stephen P Robbins, Pearson Prentice Hall India
5. Operations Management, 7th edition (Quality control, Forecasting), Buffa & Sarin, Willey

CO-PO mapping
Course Course COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
Code Title
MSC731 Principl CO1 3 2 2
es of CO2 2 2 2
Manage CO3
ment
2 3 2
CO4 1 3
CO5 2 2 2 2
2018 ONWARD UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION BATCH
DEPTH ELECTIVE COURSE BASKETS
THE STUDENTS PRIMARILY WILL OPT FROM THE DEPTH ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED IN A
PARTICULAR SEMESTER BY HIS/ HER OWN DEPARTMENT. HOWEVER, A STUDENT CAN OPT FOR DEPTH
ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED BY OTHER DEPARTMENT IN A PARTICULAR SEMESTER, WITH THE
PERMISSION/ CONSENT FROM HIS/ HER HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT AND THE CONCERNED TEACHER OF
THAT SUBJECT

Departmental Elective: SEVENTH SEMESTER

Subject Code Subject Name


EEE710 Renewable Energy Systems
EEE711 Advanced Power Converters
EEE712 Generalized Theory of Electrical Machines
EEE713 Electrical Drives
EEE714 Power System Planning, Operation and Control
EEE715 Embedded Systems
EEE716 FACTS Device
EEE717 Generation & Utilization of Electrical Power
EEE718 Advanced Control Systems
EEE719 Microprocessor & Embedded Systems
EEE720 Digital Signal Processing
EEE721 Design of Flight Control Law
EEE722 Power system restructuring & deregulation

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE710 RENEWABLE
ENERGY PEL 3 0 0 3 3
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
TECHNOLOGY)
Course  CO1: To understand the basics of Energy System and overall energy resources
Outcomes  CO2: To design the solar and wind power plant
 CO3: To understand the tidal, geothermal energy, biomass and other resources and principles
 CO4: To understand the energy conservation opportunities and energy saving
Topics Introduction: Energy system as electrical system, Energy chain, National and International Energy
Covered scenario, various non-conventional energy resources-importance, classification, relative merits and
demerits, Carbon emission, carbon credit, Paris environmental meet for awareness of emission. (9)
Solar photovoltaic: Introduction, solar radiation & its relationship with photovoltaic effect.
Photovoltaic concentration, photovoltaic systems-standalone, Solar Constants, Definition of solar
thermal: Thermal characteristics of solar radiation, solar collectors: -materials, types, focusing. Solar
thermal power plant: layout and arrangement, solar cooling, recent developments. (8)
Wind power and its sources, site selection criterion, wind characteristics, momentum theory,
Classification of wind machines. Wind mills-different design & their control, wind generators-
different types, wind farms & grid. Wind generation in India. Wind Power and maximum power
equation. Wind penetration & its effects, economic issues, recent developments, international
scenario. (6)
Principles of tidal power generation, components of power plant, Single and two basin systems,
Estimation of energy, Maximum and minimum power ranges. Ocean and geothermal Energy,
geothermal power plant. OTEC Principle, Open cycle and closed cycle. (4)
Bio fuel, Conversion of biomass, Biofuel classification, Biomass production for Energy farming,
direct combustion for heat-pyrolysis-thermochemical process, Anaerobic digestion- Digester sizing-
waste and residues, vegetable oils and biodiesels, Applications of Biogas, Social and environmental
aspects. (5)
Fuel Cell: Basic construction & principle of operation of fuel cell, Fuel cell power plants & its
integration with wind and solar photovoltaic systems. Geothermal Energy, Dry Steam power plant,
Single and Double Flash power plant and integration in electrical system/Grid. (5)
Energy conservation opportunities, Type of energy audit, energy audit report. Saving of energy with
energy economics. (5)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. G.D. Rai, Non-conventional energy resources, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2003.
reference 2. N. G. Clavert, Wind Power Principle, their application on small scale, Calvert Technical Press.
material 3. Fuel Cell Handbook, Parsons Inc.
4. Earnest and T. Wizelius, Wind Power Plants and Projects development, PHI

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1
3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO3
2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO4
2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
ADVANCED
EEE711 POWER PEL 3 0 0 3 3
CONVERTERS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC504(POWER CT+MT+EA
ELECTRONICS),
EEC502(CONTROL
SYSTEMS)
Course • CO 1: To get an overview of Power Electronic Converters.
Outcomes • CO2: To learn the operation of Switch-Mode DC-DC Converters and some advanced
converters.
• CO3: To understand the concept of Switch Mode DC-AC Inverters, Multilevel Inverters&
modulation techniques.
• CO4: To familiarize with EMI & EMC issues in power electronic systems.
• CO5: To get acquainted with design of power electronic systems
• CO6: To get acquainted with practical applications, simulation, and hands on training of power
electronic converters.
Topics Overview of basic power electronics converters. (2)
Covered
Switch-Mode DC-DC Converters: Introduction, Control of DC-DC converters, Buck, Boost, Buck-
Boost, Cuk, Full bridge Converter, and Some advanced converters: Tristate, Interleaved, Multiphase
& Higher order converters. (8)
Switch Mode DC-AC Inverters: Single Phase & Three-Phase Inverters, PWM switching schemes,
space vector modulation, reduction of harmonics, output voltage control, Multilevel Inverters. (8)
AC voltage controllers: Single phase and three phase ac voltage controllers, Voltage control,
Harmonic analysis, operation waveforms PWM, Matrix converters. (6)
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Issues: EMI
reduction At Source, EMI Filters, EMI Screening, EMI Measurement and Specifications. (4)
Design considerations: snubber circuit, driver circuit, temperature control and heat sink, materials,
windings. Design of converter and chopper circuits. Triggering circuits for converter and choppers.
MMF equations, magnetic. Design of transformers and inductors. (8)
Some practical applications, literature study, simulation, and hands on training of power electronic
converters. (6)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. N. Mohan, T. M. Undeland and W. P. Robbins, Power Electronics, Converters, Applications and
reference Design, John-Wiley & Sons
material 2. H. W. Whittington, Switch Mode Power Supplies: Design and Construction, Research Studies
Press.
3. Joseph Vithayathil, "Power Electronics - Principles and Applications", McGraw Hill Inc., New
York, 1995.
Reference Books:
1. R. W. Erickson and D. Maksimovic, Fundamental of Power Electronics, Springer
2. E. Acha, V. G. Agelidis, O. Anaya-Lara and T. J. E. Miller, Power Electronic Control in
Electrical Systems, Newnes
3. L. Umanand, Power Electronics, Essential and Applications,Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
GENERALIZED
THEORY OF
EEE712 PEL 3 0 0 3 3
ELECTRICAL
MACHINES
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC402 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
MACHINES-1), EEC501
(ELECTRICAL MACHINES- II)
Course • CO 1: To understand the basic concept of Generalized theory of Electrical machines
Outcomes • CO2: To learn about Reference Frame theory
• CO3: To transform 3-phase quantities to 2-phase quantities and vice-versa.
• CO4: To model a 3-phase induction machine
• CO5: To model a 3-phase synchronous machine
• CO6: To perform both steady-state and transient analysis of DC machines
Topics Generalized Machines: Kron‘s primitive machine, Voltage, power and torque equations of Kron‘s
Covered primitive machine, Basic two-pole machine diagrams. (6)
Reference Frame theory: Commonly used reference frames, Equations of transformation, 3- axis to
2-axis transformation, Park‘s transformation, Clarke‘s transformation. (4)
Theory of symmetrical Induction machines: Dynamic modeling of three-phase induction machine,
generalized model of three-phase induction machine in arbitrary reference frame, derivation of
induction machine model in stator, rotor and synchronously rotating reference frames from the
arbitrary reference frame model, Space-phasor model of induction machine, Normalized model of
induction machine, Dynamic performance during sudden change in load torque. (12)
Synchronous Machines: Stator and rotor flux linkages, Voltage and torque equations in machine
variables, mathematical modeling of synchronous machine, Swing equation, and state- space
representation of Swing equation. (8)
DC machines: DC generator: Steady-state analysis, transient analysis under different conditions. (6)
DC motor: Steady-state analysis, transient analysis under different conditions. (6)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Analysis of Electrical Machinery: P. C. Krause, McGraw-Hill.
reference 2. Electric Motor Drives, Modelling Analysis and Control: R. Krishnan, Prentice-Hall Of India Pvt.
material Limited.
Reference Books:
1. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives: B. K. Bose, Prentice Hall.
2. Generalized Theory of Electrical Machines: P. S. Bimbhra, Khanna Publisher.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
ELECTRICAL
EEE 713 DRIVES PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC402 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
MACHINES-1), EEC504 (POWER
ELECTRONICS), EEC502
(CONTROL SYSTEMS), EEC 501
(ELECTRICAL MACHINES-II)
Course • CO 1: Acquire an idea general drives application in Industry
Outcomes • CO2: To learn the detail operation of the dc drives
• CO3: To learn the detail operation of the ac drives
• CO4: To identify the drives and machine combinations for any particular application
• CO5: To develop a clear idea about the dynamic performance of the drives
Topics DC drives: Braking of dc motors, speed control of dc motors, Single-phase half and full- controlled
Covered rectifier control of separately excited dc motor, three phase half and full- controlled and half
controlled rectifier control of separately excited dc motor, chopper-controlled dc drives, closed loop
control of dc drives. (12)
AC drives: Braking of ac motors, speed control of ac motors, basic inverters circuits, variable
voltage frequency control, VSI fed induction motor drives, AC voltage controller, cycloconverter,
closed loop control of induction motor drives. (12)
Heating and selection of power rating of drive motors: Heating and temperature rise of motors,
selection of motor power capacity, equivalent current, torque and power methods. (6)
Transients and Dynamics: Equation of motion, equivalent system, dynamics during dynamic braking
of dc shunt motor, speed, time of braking and current during dynamic braking, dynamics during
counter current braking of dc shunt motor, energy associated with transient process of dc shunt
motor, dynamic response of induction motor, dynamics during starting and braking of induction
motor. (8)
Industrial application of motors: Cement mill, paper mill, textile mills etc. (4)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. G. K. Dubey, Fundamentals of Electrical Drives, Narosha Publishing House, 2001.
reference 2. N. K. De and P. K. Sen, Electric Drives, PHI, 2001.
material Reference Books:
1. V. Subrahmanyam, Electric Drives, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. S. K. Pillai, A first course in electrical drives, New Age international, 1989.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Department of Electrical Engineering
Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
POWER SYSTEM
PLANNING,
EEE714 PEL 3 0 0 3 3
OPERATION AND
CONTROL
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC 401 (POWER SYSTEM-I), CT+MT+EA
EEC 503 (POWER SYSTEM-II)
Course On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Outcomes  CO1: Analyse the performance of interconnected power systems by performing power flow
analysis.
 CO2: Perform operation scheduling of different power plants (Hydro and Thermal) for both
stable and economic operation.
 CO3: Model different power system equipment like governor, turbine, transmission line,
generator, load and perform regulation of active, reactive power and frequency of the
system by designing suitable controllers.
 CO4: Estimate the size and type of power factor correcting device required for optimal as
well as stable economic operation of power system.
 CO5: understand cause, effect as well as control of different types of overvoltage
conditions that arise in a power system.
 CO6: understand different types of tariffs normally applicable for power system operation.
Topics Load flow studies: Network model formulation, formation of Ybus, load flow problem, Gauss-
Covered
Siedel method, Newton-Raphson method, Decoupled load flow studies, comparison of load flow
methods. Advantages and disadvantages. (8)
Tariffs: Introduction, Types of Tariff-Flat demand tariff, straight line meter rate tariff, Block meter
type tariff, Two-part tariff, Power factor tariff, Peak load tariff, three-part tariff (2)
Economic operation of power system: Incremental fuel cost, economic dispatch neglecting
transmission losses, transmission loss as a function of plant generation, General loss formula,
Optimum load dispatch considering transmission losses. (5)
Optimal Hydrothermal Scheduling: Classification of hydro plants, long range problem, short range
problem, hydro model, equality and inequality constraints, transmission losses. (5)
Unit commitment: Definition, constraints in unit commitment, Methods available for unit
commitment (priority list method & Dynamic programming). (4)

Load frequency control: Necessity of keeping frequency constant, load frequency of single area,
load frequency of single area model of speed governing system, load frequency control of two area
system, block diagram representation of an isolated power system, steady state analysis, dynamic
analysis, uncontrolled system, uncontrolled system, proportional plus integral control of single area
and its block diagram, steady state response (proportional plus integral control), dynamic response
(proportional plus integral control). (5)
Automatic Generation Control: Types of alternator exciters, exciter modelling, modelling of
alternator, static and dynamic performances of AVR, compensation in AVR loop. (4)
Power Factor Improvement: Introduction, Disadvantages of low power factor, causes of low power
factor, power factor improvement, power factor correction by static capacitor. Economics of power
factor improvement. (5)
Protection against over voltages: voltage surge, causes of over voltages, Internal causes of over
voltages, lightning, protection against lightning, earthing screen, overhead ground wire, lightning
arrester, surge absorber. (4)
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 1. P. M. Anderson & A. A. Fouad, Power system control and stability, Wiley Inter science
reference 2. E.W. Kimbark, Power Systems Stability, Vol. I, II & III, Wiley Press Reference Books:
material
Suggested Reference Books:
1. D.P. Kothari & I.J. Nagrath, Modern Power System Analysis, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
2. Subir Ray, Electrical Power Systems, PHI.
3. Hadi Sadaat, Power System Analysis, Tata Mc-Graw Hill

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 0 0 1 1 1

CO2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 0 0 1 1 1

CO3 2 3 3 2 3 2 2 0 0 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 1 0 1

CO5 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0

CO6 1 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE715 EMBEDDED
SYSTEMS PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC602(MICROPROCESSOR & CT+MT+EA
MICROCONTROLLER)
Course • CO1: Comparing different microprocessor architectures and justifying their field of application.
Outcomes • CO2: Given peripheral devices such as memory, ADC, DIOs, etc., design of interfacing circuit,
and writing algorithms to fulfil a given specific application.
• CO3: Programming processor specific and processor independent software for different
complex embedded system applications.
• CO4: Developing software involving Real Time Operating System.
• CO5: Knowledge of advanced microcontrollers and RTOS features.
Topics Introduction to Embedded systems: Introduction - Features - Microprocessors - ALU - Von
Covered Neumann and Harvard Architecture, Classification, SPP, ASIC, ASIP CISC and RISC - Instruction
pipelining. General characteristics of embedded system, introduction to different components etc. (8)
Microcontroller 89CX51/52 Series: Characteristics and Features, Overview of
Architectures, and Peripherals, Timers, Counters, Serial communication, Digital I/O Ports. (7)
Microcontroller PIC Series: Characteristics and Features, Overview of architectures, and
Peripherals, Interrupts, Timers, watch-dog timer, I/O port Expansion, analog-to-digital converter,
UART, I2C and SPI Bus for Peripheral Chips, Accessories and special features. (8)
ARM Architecture: Evolution, Characteristics and Features, Overview of architectures, Modes,
Registers etc. (7)
Software architecture and RTOS: Software Architecture: Round Robin- Round Robin with interrupts
-Function Queue. Scheduling Architecture RTOS: Architecture -Tasks and Task States -Tasks and
Data -Semaphores and Shared Data Message Queues -Mail Boxes and pipes -Timer Functions -
Events -Memory Management, Interrupt Routines. (7)
Basic design using a real time operating system: Overview. General principles. Design of an
embedded system. Development Tool: Cross-Compiler, Cross-Assemblers, Linker/locator. PROM
Programmers, ROM, Emulator, In-Circuit Emulators. Debugging Techniques. Instruction set
simulators. The assert macro. (5)
Text Books, Text Books: Mapping
and/or 1. Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design, Ral Kamal TMH, 2008. of CO
reference 2. An Embedded Software Primer, D.E. Simon. Pearson Education, 1999. (Course
material 3. Design with PIC Microcontrollers, J.B. Peatman,Pearson Education, 1998 Outcome)
Reference Books: and PO
1. Embedded Systems Design, Heath Steve, Second Edition-2003, Newnes, (Program
2. Computers as Components; Principles of Embedded Computing System Design, Wayne Wolf me
Harcourt India, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, First Indian Reprint. 2001. Outcome)
3. Embedded Systems Design – A unified Hardware /Software Introduction, Frank Vahid and Tony
Givargis, John Wiley, 2002.
POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO2 3 1 2 1 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE716 FACTS DEVICE
PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC401(POWERSYSTEMS-I), CT+MT+EA
EEC504(POWER
ELECTRONICS),
EEC503(POWER SYSTEMS– II)
Course • CO 1: Understand the basic concept of FACTS devices.
Outcomes • CO2: Acquire knowledge about working principles of FACTS devices and their operating
characteristics of FACTS devices.
• CO3: Acquire an idea about modelling of various FACTS devices and their interaction in power
system.
• CO4: Understand how FACTS devices improve various power system performances like power
flow control, stability etc.
Topics Introduction: Basics of Power Transmission Networks, Control of Power Flow in AC Transmission
Covered Line, Flexible AC Transmission, System Controllers, Concept and General System of
Considerations, Checklist of possible benefits from FACTS technology, Application of FACTS
Controllers in Distribution Systems. (2)
Traditional Compensation: Analysis of Uncompensated AC Line, Passive Reactive Power
Compensation, Compensation by a Series Capacitor Connected at the Mid-point of the Line, Shunt
Compensation Connected at the Midpoint of the Line, Basics of Phase Shifting, Effects and
Applications of different Compensators. (6)
Static Var Compensator (SVC): Analysis of SVC, Configuration of SVC, Variable Impedance Type
Static Var Generators, TCR, TSR, TSC, FC-TCR.SVC Controller, Harmonics and Filtering,
Modeling and applications of SVC. (6)
Static Synchronous Compensator (STATCOM): Switching Converter Type Var
Generators, Basic concept and Principle of Operation of STATCOM, Basic converter
configurations, Control of converters, modeling and applications of STATCOM. (5)
Static Series Compensators: Basic Concepts of Controlled Series Compensation, Operation of
TCSC, Analysis of TCSC, Control of TCSC, Modeling of TCSC for Stability Studies, Mitigation of
Sub-synchronous, Applications of TCSC. (6)
Static Synchronous Series Compensator: Operation of SSSC and the Control of Power Flow,
Modeling and Control of SSSC, SSSC with an Energy Source, Analysis of SSR with a SSSC,
Applications of SSSC. (5)
Static Phase Shifting: Basic Principle of a PST, Configurations of SPST, Improvement of Transient
Stability Using SPST, Damping of Low Frequency Power Oscillations, Applications of SPST. (5)
Combined Compensators: Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC), Basic operating principles,
Conventional transmission control capabilities, Functional control of shunt converter and series
converter, Basic control systems for P and Q control, Interline Power Flow Controller. (7)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Yong Hua Song and Allan T Johns, ―Flexible ac transmission systems (FACTS), the Institution of
reference Electrical Engineers (UK), 2002.
material 2. N. G. Higorani& L. Gyugui, ―Understanding FACTS‖, IEEE press, Standard Publishers
Distributor, Delhi
Reference Books:
1. K.R. Padiyar, ―FACTS Controllers in Power Transmission and Distribution‖, New age
International (P) Ltd. 2008
2. R. Mohan Mathur and Rajiv K. Varma, ―Thyristor-Based FACTS Controllers for Electrical
Transmission Systems‖, IEEE Press, John Wiley & Sons, 2002

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO4 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE717 GENERATION &
UTILIZATION OF
PEL 3 0 0 3 3
ELECTRICAL
POWER
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course • CO 1: understand electrical power generation by thermal, hydro and nuclear power plant
Outcomes • CO2: understand the principle of operation of different types of lamps and selection of lamps
for different applications.
• CO3: understand different electric traction systems.
• CO4: understand different heating methods and their applications.
• CO5: create awareness of electrical energy conservation.
Topics Generation: Importance of electrical energy; Generation of electrical energy by conventional
Covered
methods; Thermal power plant - merits and demerits, selection of site, layout and working of the
plant, components of the plant; Hydro power plant - merits and demerits, selection of site, layout and
working principle, classification of the plant, Elements of the plant - water turbines, generator, etc.;
Nuclear power plant - merits and demerits, selection of site, nuclear fission process, constituents of
the plant, layout and working of the plant, nuclear reactor (15)
Illumination: Nature of light; Concept of illumination, luminous intensity, and luminance; polar
curve, M.H.C.P., M.S.C.P, M.H.S.C.P; laws of illumination; photometer; Sources of light; Types of
lighting scheme; Design of indoor and outdoor lighting system. (8)
Electric Traction: Traction system; Duty cycle of traction drives; Calculations of traction drive
ratings and energy consumption; Systems of track electrification; Traction motors; DC and AC
traction drives. (8)
Electric Heating: Advantages of electric heating; Classification of electric heating; Resistance
heating; Electric arc furnace, Induction heating; Dielectric heating. (6)
Economics Aspect of Power: Generation cost; Interest and depreciation; Load curve and choice of
generating stations, Tariff; Economics of power factor improvement plant. (5)

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or 1. C. L. Wadhwa, Generation, Distribution and Utilization of Electrical Energy, New Age
reference International (P) Limited.
material Reference Books:
1. S. C. Tripathy, Electric Energy Utilisation and Conservation, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. N.V. Suryanarayana, Utilisation of Electric Power, Wiley Eastern Ltd.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

COs

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 2

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1

CO4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE718 ADVANCED
CONTROL PEL 3 0 0 3 3
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEE502 (CONTROL SYSTEMS) CT+MT+EA
Course • CO 1: To understand discrete systems, sampling and hold process
Outcomes • CO2: To analyse LTI discrete systems in time domain
• CO3: To understand the concept of stability in discrete time, correlation with s-plane
• CO4 To learn the frequency domain analysis of discrete systems
• CO5: To design controller system for digital control implementation
• CO6: To understand nonlinear systems and to determine its stability
• CO7: To design controller for nonlinear systems
Topics Design of control systems by classical methods: Practical approaches of control system design, some
Covered practical Problems, hardware realization, Use of MATLAB in design practice (6)
Sampled Data Control Systems: The sampling process, signal reconstruction, difference equations,
Z-transform theory, Z-transfer functions (pulse transfer functions), inverse Z- transform and
response of linear discrete systems, Z-transform analysis of sampled data control systems, Z and S
domain relationship stability analysis in Z-plane (12)
Root Locus analysis, Frequency domain Analysis of sampled data system, Compensator design,
State space analysis of sampled data systems, MATLAB based Examples. (12)
Non-linear Control Systems: Introduction, Classification of Non-linearities, Phenomena exhibited
due to presence of non-linear element in control system, Phase plane analysis, singular points,
Describing function method of analysis, Lyapunov Stability, Region of Attraction. (12)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Digital control and state variable methods- M. Gopal
reference 2. Discrete time control systems- K Ogata
material 3. Modern Control Engineering- K. Ogata
4. Digital Control of Dynamic systems. G.Franklin, J.Powell, M.L. Workman.
5. Nonlinear Systems - H. K. Khalil
Reference Books:
1. Nonlinear System Analysis - M. Vidyasagar
2. Applied Nonlinear Control - Jean-Jacques E Slotine, Weiping Li
Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)
POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1
3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO2
3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO3
3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO4
3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO5
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO6
3 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1
CO7
3 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE719 MICROPROCESSOR
AND EMBEDDED PEL 3 0 0 3 3
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC403 (DIGITAL CT+MT+EA
ELECTRONICS)
Course • CO 1: Demonstrate programming proficiency using the various addressing modes and data
Outcomes transfer instructions of the target microprocessor microcontroller.
• CO2: Identify—and exercise—opportunities for hardware and software trade-offs.
• CO3: Design of interfacing circuits such as memory, keyboard, display, ADC, DAC, DMA etc.
and programming in assembly language for typical microprocessor-based system.
• CO4: Given peripheral devices such as memory, ADC, DIOs, etc., design of interfacing circuit,
and writing algorithms to fulfil a given specific application.
• CO5: Programming processor specific and processor independent software for different
complex embedded system applications.
Topics Introduction to Embedded systems: Introduction - Features - Microprocessors - ALU - Von
Covered Neumann and Harvard Architecture, Classification, SPP, ASIC, ASIP. CISC and RISC - Instruction
pipelining. General characteristics of embedded system, introduction to different components etc. (5)
8085 Architectures, Organizations and Pin out details, Instruction sets, Assembly language
programming, Micro operations of instructions. (6)
Memory Classification: ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, RAM, Memory Interfacing with 8085, Address
decoding for Memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O. (4)
Various types of Interrupts. (2)
Programmable Peripheral Devices and Interfacing with 8085: 8255, 8259, 8257, 8251, 8253, ADC,
DAC and Practical Applications. (6)
Microcontroller 89CX51/52 Series: Characteristics and Features, Overview of
Architectures, and Peripherals, Timers, Counters, Serial communication, Digital I/O Ports. (5)
Microcontroller PIC Series: Characteristics and Features, Overview of architectures, and
Peripherals, Interrupts, Timers, watch-dog timer, I/O port Expansion, analog-to-digital converter,
UART, I2C and SPI Bus for Peripheral Chips, Accessories and special features. (5)
ARM Architecture: Evolution, Characteristics and Features, Overview of architectures, Modes,
Registers etc. (4)
Software architecture and RTOS: Software Architecture: Round Robin- Round Robin with interrupts
-Function Queue. Scheduling Architecture RTOS: Architecture -Tasks and Task States -Tasks and
Data -Semaphores and Shared Data Message Queues -Mail Boxes and pipes -Timer Functions -
Events -Memory Management, Interrupt Routines. (5)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. The 8085 Microprocessor: Author: Ramesh Gaonkar, Pub: PRI
reference 2. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded System: Author: Muhammad Ali Mazidi & J. G.
material Mazidi.
3. Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing: Author: Badri Ram, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd.
4. Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design, Ral Kamal TMH, 2008.
Reference Books:
1.Embedded Systems Design, Heath Steve, Second Edition-2003, Newnes,
2. Computers as Components; Principles of Embedded Computing System Design, Wayne Wolf
Harcourt India, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, First Indian Reprint. 2001.
3. Embedded Systems Design – A unified Hardware /Software Introduction, Frank Vahid and Tony
Givargis, John Wiley, 2002.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO2 3 1 2 1 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
DIGITAL SIGNAL
EEE720 PEL 3 0 0 3 3
PROCESSING
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
Nil CT+MT+EA
Course • CO1: To understand the properties signals and systems.
Outcomes • CO2: To understand the concept of signal processing.
• CO3: To analyze discrete time signals and systems in time as well as frequency domain.
• CO4: To design digital filters.
• CO5: To get acquainted with digital processors recently used.
Topics Introduction: Signals, systems and signal processing, concept of frequency in continuous and
Covered discrete time signal. (2)
Discrete-time Signals and Systems: Discrete time signals and systems, analysis of LTI system and
implementation correlation. (6)
Z-transform: Review, Analysis of LTI system in z-domain. (4)
Frequency Domain Analysis: Frequency analysis of continuous-time and discrete-time signals and
LTI systems, LTI system as frequency selective filter, inverse system and deconvolution. (6)
Discrete Fourier Transform: Properties and Applications, Analysis using DFT. (6)
Fast Fourier Transform Algorithms: FFT algorithms and Applications, linear filtering approach to
computation of DFT. (6)
Implementation of Discrete-Time System: FIR system, IIR system, representation of numbers,
quantization of filter coefficients, round-off effects. (2)

Design of Digital Filters: Design of FIR and IIR filters. (6)


DSP Processors. (2)
Recent Developments. (2)

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or 1. J. G. Proakis and D. G. Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing: Principles Algorithms and
reference Applications, Pearson Education, 2005
material 2. A. V. Oppenheim, R. W. Schafer, Digital Signal Processing, Pearson Education, 2004
Reference Books:
1. S. K. Mitra - Digital Signal Processing: A computer-based approach, TMH, 2001
2. L. R. Rabiner and B. Gold, Theory and Application of Digital Signal Processing, Pearson
Education,

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 2 2

CO3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 2

CO5 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
DESIGN OF PEL 3 0 0 3 3
EEE721 FLIGHT
CONTROL LAW
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CONTROL SYSTEMS (EEC502)
CT+MT+EA
Course  CO1: To develop the concept of the aerodynamics, 6 degrees of freedom motion of aircraft and
Outcomes understanding the role of control surface for aircrafts and missile.
 CO2: To understand the longitudinal & lateral dynamics of aircrafts & missile and to identify
different modes along with the scope of improvement by designing control law.
 CO3: To develop the concept of Static and Dynamic Stability.
 CO4: To develop insight on margin criterion, the closed loop response specifications and their
relationship with the stability and flying qualities of the aircrafts.
 CO5: To design control law based on Classical Control Theory for Autopilots, Longitudinal and
Lateral/directional dynamics to meet the desired margin and flying qualities criteria
 CO6: To design control law based on Classical Control Theory for Longitudinal and
Lateral/directional dynamics to meet the desired margin and flying qualities criteria
Topics Motions of Aircraft: Primary Definitions, 6 DOF Motion, Aerodynamic Angles, Forces and Torques,
Covered Aircraft Position and Orientation, Stability-Frame and Body-Frame, Euler‘s Equations, Overview of
missile equation of motion (3)
Linearization of Equations of Motion: Small Disturbance Theory and Linearization of Equations of
Motion, Stability and Control Derivatives in brief (2)
Longitudinal Dynamics: Aircraft Longitudinal Dynamics, Longitudinal Motion Approximations,
Short period mode, Phugoid mode, Influence of Stability Derivatives, Transfer Functions, Flying
Qualities (5)
Lateral Dynamics: Aircraft Lateral Dynamics, Lateral-Directional Equations, Dutch Roll, Roll and
Spiral Modes, Approximate Models, Transfer Functions, Flying Qualities (5)
Stability and Control: Static Stability Basics, Longitudinal static stability, Lateral/directional static
stability, Dynamic Stability (3)
Classical Design Techniques for Flight Control: Review of Control System Analysis/Synthesis
Techniques, Closed loop performance specifications, Longitudinal Stability Augmentation System and
Control Augmentation System Designs, Lateral Stability Augmentation System and Control
Augmentation System Designs, Design for Aileron to Rudder interconnect gain, Concept of Autopilot
design, Design of 2 Loop, 3 Loop Roll Autopilot for design (12)
Advanced Design Techniques for Flight Control: Design of longitudinal and lateral Stability
Augmentation System using Pole Placement, Linear Quadratic Regulator with Output feedback,
Linear Quadratic Regulator with full state feedback, Designing Performance Index, Tracking a
command (12)
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 1. Aircraft Control and Simulations by Stevens and Lewis, Wiley and Sons, 3 rd Edn
reference 2. Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control by Etkin and Reid, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd Edn
material Suggested Reference Books:
1. Flight Stability and Automatic Control by Nelson, WCB/McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edn
2. Introduction to Flight by Anderson, McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edn
3. Guided Weapon Control Systems by Garnell and East, 1 st Edn, Pergamon Press, 1980
4. Missile Guidance and Control Systems by Siouris, 1 st Edn, Springer Science & Business Media, 2004

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO2 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 1 1 1

CO6 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 1 3 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code course (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
EEE 722 POWER SYSTEM PEL 3 0 0 3 3
RESTRUCTURING
& DEREGULATION
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC 601: ADVANCED POWER CT+EA
SYSTEMS
EEE 714: POWER SYSTEM
PLANNING, OPERATION OF
CONTROL SYSTEM AND
STABILITY
Course  CO1: To understand the basic concept of regulation and deregulation or restructuring in the
Outcomes power system.
 CO2: Learn about bundled and unbundled power system structure.
 CO3: Acquire knowledge about different type of market models and its operations.
 CO4: To become an entrepreneur or can become a consultant in power system bussiness and
operation.
 CO5: To understand the electricity power business and technical issues in a restructured power
system in both Indian and world scenario.

Topics Introduction – Market Models, Power market Entities, Key issues in regulated and deregulated
Covered power markets [4]

Deregulation of electric utilities, Competitive whole sale electricity market: Transmission expansion
in new environment, Transmission open access, pricing electricity in deregulated environment [7]

Fundamentals of Deregulation: Privatization and deregulation, Motivations for Restructuring the


Power industry; Restructuring models and Trading Arrangements: Components of restructured
systems, Independent System Operator (ISO): Functions and responsibilities, Trading arrangements
(Pool, bilateral & multilateral) [10]

Different models of deregulation: U K Model, California model, Australian and New Zealand
models, Deregulation in Asia including India, Bidding strategies, forward and Future market [8]

Available Transfer Capability, Congestion management, Ancillary services. Wheeling charges and
pricing: Wheeling methodologies, pricing strategies [6]

Power Market Development – Electricity Act, 2003 - Key issues and solution; Indian power market,
Congestion Management, Day Ahead Market [6]

Text Books, TEXT BOOKS:


and/or 1. Loi Lei Lai, ‗Power System Restructuring and Deregulation‘, John Wiley & Sons Ltd.,
reference 2001.
material 2. Lorrin Philipson, H. Lee Willis, ‗Understanding Electric Utilities and Deregulation‘
Taylor &
Francis, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Mohammad Shahidehpour, Muwaffaq Alomoush, ‗Restructured Electrical Power
Systems‘, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 2001.
2. Mohammad Shahidehpour, Hatim Yamin, ‗Market operations in Electric power
systems‘,
John Wiley & son ltd., 2002.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 1

CO2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 1

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 1

CO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO5 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 0 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Open Elective: Basket– 3 (7th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO740 Concept of Electrical Machines & Drives
EEO741 Biomedical Instrumentation
EEO742 Renewable Energy
EEO743 Flight control systems

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
CONCEPT OF
ELECTRICAL
EEO740 PEL 3 0 0 3 3
MACHINES &
DRIVES
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end assessment
(EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course Outcomes Upon successful completion of this course, the student should be able to

 CO 1: Get an introductory draft of electrical drive system and discuss different drive
systems stability based on fundamental torque equations.
 CO2: Explore the motoring principle and design of different parameters of DC and AC
motors.
 CO3: Calculate different parameters of starters and breakers for DC and AC drive system
and know about different starting and braking techniques.
 CO4: Understand multi-quadrant operation of DC and AC drive systems and the speed
torque characteristics.
 CO5: Recognize different speed control techniques of DC and AC drives and compute
different speed control system parameters.

Topics Covered Concept of electrical drives; Classification, group, individual, multi-motor electric drives;
Classification of control schemes and components of electric drives, closed loop control of
industrial drives. (6)
Speed-Torque characteristics of dc drives; Basic parameter, types of loads, quadrant diagram.
Speed-Torque characteristics of dc shunt and series motor. Types of starters and braking (dynamic,
regenerative braking) of dc drive. (8)
Speed control of dc motor: Basic parameters, method of speed control of dc shunt and series motor.
Speed control of dc series motor in a crane using dynamic braking. Introduction to soft control of dc
drive. (8)
Induction Motor Drives: Three phase I.M., analysis and performance. Operation with unbalanced
source voltages and single phasing, analysis of I.M. fed from non-sinusoidal voltage supply.
Starting, Braking. Speed control methods of IM, v/f-controlled induction motors, controlled current
and controlled slip operation and its application. (12)
Stepper, universal, servo and switch reluctance motor drives, solar and battery powered drives,
Energy conservation in Electrical Drives. (5)
Industrial application of electrical drives: Electric traction, paper mill, textile mill, and coal mines.
(3)
Text Books, and/or Text Books:
reference material 1. G. K. Dubey, Fundamentals of Electrical Drives, Narosha Publishing House, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. N. K. De and P. K. Sen, Electric Drives, PHI, 2001.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
CO5 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO741 BIOMEDICAL
INSTRUMENTATION! PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course • CO 1: Familiarization with biomedical equipment‘s and transducers
Outcomes • CO2: Introduction to biomedical signal conditioners
• CO3: Acquiring knowledge about development of bio potentials and their measurements.
• CO4: Introduction patient health care monitoring
• CO5: Introduction to computerized imaging techniques
Topics Covered Introduction to biomedical Instrumentation, biomedical electronics, Components of Analog and
digital circuits. (8)
Various types of signal conditioners, signal conditioning processes. (8)
Generation of Nernst Potential, Establishment of diffusion potential, Goldman Equation,
Measurement of membrane potential, resting potential, action potential. (6)
Use of electrodes for measurement of bio potentials, polarization in electrodes, principle of
operation of Ag/AgCl electrode, Equivalent circuit of electrode. (6)
Measurement of ECG, Einthoven triangle method, unipolar and bipolar limb leads, ECG
amplifiers, Problems encountered in ECG recording. (6)
Introduction to medical imaging, Radiography, Computerized tomography, X Ray, -CT, MRI. (8)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or reference 1. John Enderle. Joseph Brinzino, Introduction to Biomedical Engineering, Elsevier, 2012.
material 2. John G Webster, Medical Instrumentation, Application & Design, John Wiley & Sons, 2009
Reference Books:
1. L. Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell, Erich A. Pfeiffer, , Biomedical Instrumentation & Measurements,
PHI, 2014
2. Arthur C Guyton, John E Hall, Textbook of Medical Physiology, Elsevier, 2006:

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO742 RENEWABLE PEL 3 0 0 3 3
ENERGY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
TECHNOLOGY)
Course  CO1: To understand the basics of Energy System and overall energy resources
Outcomes  CO2: To design the solar and wind power plant
 CO3: To understand the tidal, geothermal energy, biomass and other resources and principles
 CO4: To understand the energy conservation opportunities and energy saving
Topics Introduction: Energy system as electrical system, Energy chain, National and International Energy
Covered scenario, various non-conventional energy resources-importance, classification relative merits and
demerits, Carbon emission, carbon credit, Paris environmental meet for awareness of emission. (9)
Solar photovoltaic: Introduction, solar radiation & its relationship with photovoltaic effect.
Photovoltaic concentration, photovoltaic systems-standalone, Solar Constants, Definition of solar
thermal: Thermal characteristics of solar radiation, solar collectors: -materials, types, focusing. Solar
thermal power plant: layout and arrangement, solar cooling, recent developments. (8)
Wind power and its sources, site selection criterion, wind characteristics, momentum theory,
Classification of wind machines. Wind mills-different design & their control, wind generators-
different types, wind farms & grid. Wind generation in India. Wind Power and maximum power
equation. Wind penetration & its effects, economic issues, recent developments, international
scenario. (6)
Principles of tidal power generation, components of power plant, Single and two basin systems,
Estimation of energy, Maximum and minimum power ranges. Ocean and geothermal Energy,
geothermal power plant. OTEC Principle, Open cycle and closed cycle. (4)
Bio fuel, Conversion of biomass, Biofuel classification, Biomass production for Energy farming,
direct combustion for heat-pyrolysis-thermochemical process, Anaerobic digestion- Digester sizing-
waste and residues, vegetable oils and biodiesels, Applications of Biogas, Social and environmental
aspects. (5)
Fuel Cell: Basic construction & principle of operation of fuel cell, Fuel cell power plants & its
integration with wind and solar photovoltaic systems. Geothermal Energy, Dry Steam power plant,
Single and Double Flash power plant and integration in electrical system/Grid. (5)
Energy conservation opportunities, Type of energy audit, energy audit report. Saving of energy with
energy economics. (5)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. G.D. Rai, Non-conventional energy resources, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2003.
reference 2. N. G. Clavert, Wind Power Principle, their application on small scale, Calvert Technical Press.
material 3. Fuel Cell Handbook, Parsons Inc.
4. Earnest and T. Wizelius, Wind Power Plants and Projects development, PHI

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1
3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO3
2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO4
2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
FLIGHT PEL 3 0 0 3 3
EEO743 CONTROL
SYSTEMS
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CONTROL SYSTEMS (EEC431)
FUNDAMENTALS OF CT+MT+EA
CONTROL SYSTEMS (EEO541)
Course  CO1: To develop the concept of the aerodynamics, 6 degrees of freedom motion of aircraft and
Outcomes understanding the role of control surface.
 CO2: To understand the longitudinal and lateral dynamics of aircrafts and to identify different
modes along with the scope of their improvements by designing control law.
 CO3: To develop the concept of Static and Dynamic Stability of Aircrafts.
 CO4: To develop insight on margin criterion, the closed loop response specifications and their
relationship with the stability and flying qualities of the aircrafts.
 CO5: To design control law based on Classical Control Theory for Longitudinal and
Lateral/directional dynamics to meet the desired margin and flying qualities criteria
 CO6: To design control law based on Classical Control Theory for Longitudinal and
Lateral/directional dynamics to meet the desired margin and flying qualities criteria
Topics Motions of Aircraft: Primary Definitions, 6 DOF Motion, Aerodynamic Angles, Forces and
Covered Torques, Aircraft Position and Orientation, Stability-Frame and Body-Frame, Euler‘s Equations (3)
Linearization of Equations of Motion: Small Disturbance Theory and Linearization of Equations
of Motion, Stability and Control Derivatives in brief (2)
Longitudinal Dynamics: Aircraft Longitudinal Dynamics, Longitudinal Motion Approximations,
Short period mode, Phugoid mode, Influence of Stability Derivatives, Transfer Functions, Flying
Qualities (5)
Lateral Dynamics: Aircraft Lateral Dynamics, Lateral-Directional Equations, Dutch Roll, Roll
and Spiral Modes, Approximate Models, Transfer Functions, Flying Qualities (5)
Stability and Control: Static Stability Basics, Longitudinal static stability, Lateral/directional
static stability, Dynamic Stability (3)
Classical Design Techniques for Flight Control: Review of Control System Analysis/Synthesis
Techniques, Closed loop performance specifications, Longitudinal Stability Augmentation System
and Control Augmentation System Designs, Lateral Stability Augmentation System and Control
Augmentation System Designs, Design for Aileron to Rudder interconnect gain, Concept of
Autopilot design, Design of 2 Loop, 3 Loop Roll Autopilot (12)
Advanced Design Techniques for Flight Control: Design of longitudinal and lateral Stability
Augmentation System using Pole Placement, Linear Quadratic Regulator with Output feedback,
Linear Quadratic Regulator with full state feedback, Designing Performance Index, Tracking a
command (12)
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 3. Aircraft Control and Simulations by Stevens and Lewis, Wiley and Sons, 3rd Edn
reference 4. Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control by Etkin and Reid, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd Edn
material Suggested Reference Books:
5. Flight Stability and Automatic Control by Nelson, WCB/McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edn
6. Introduction to Flight by Anderson, McGraw-Hill, 2nd Edn
7. Guided Weapon Control Systems by Garnell and East, 1st Edn Pergamon Press, 1980

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO2 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 2 1 1 1

CO6 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 1 3 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
MICROPROCESSORS
AND
EES751 PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
MICROCONTROLLERS
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
CT+EA
EEC403 (DIGITAL ELECTRONICS)
Course • CO 1: develop programming proficiency using the various addressing modes and data transfer
Outcomes instructions of the target microprocessor microcontroller.
• CO2: Implement key H/W and S/W attributes of microprocessors/microcontrollers.
• CO3: Programme for various interfacing hardware
• CO4: Programme in C/C++ language for typical microprocessor-based system.
Topics List of Experiments
Covered 1. 8085/8051/8086 assembly language programming practice
2. µP/µC controlled stepper motor drive
3. µP/µC controlled 7-segment display control
4. µP/µC controlled digital I/O
5. µP/µC controlled elevator simulator
6. µP/µC controlled DAC & ADC
7. µP/µC controlled traffic light simulation control
8. µP/µC controlled keyboard display control
Text Books, Suggested Text Books:
and/or 1. Douglas V. Hall, Microprocessors and interfacing: programming and hardware, Tata Mc-Graw
reference Hill
material 2. Badri ram, Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
3. Ramesh Gaonkar, The 8085 Microprocessor, PHI

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 1 2 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EES752 ADVANCED
POWER SYSTEM PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
LABORATORY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
EEC401(POWERSYSTEMS-I) CT+EA
Course  CO1: Understand the Electric Field Distribution and concept of Dielectric strength of insulating
Outcomes material
 CO2: Able to measure and calibrate the high Voltage with sphere-sphere gap electrode
combination.
 CO3: Able to conduct the destructive test i.e., high voltage test of gaseous, liquid and solid
insulation and high Voltage power apparatus
 CO4: Able to conduct the non-destructive test of high Voltage power apparatus

Topics List of experiments:


Covered 1. Analysis of Electrostatic Field in a Parallel Plate Capacitor Using Single & Multi
Dielectrics
2. Calibration of Power frequency High Voltage and Measurement of Partial Discharge with
sphere-sphere gap arrangement
3. Study the Characteristics of Impulse Voltage and the wave shape of Lighting impulse
voltage
4. Study of Capacitance & Tan Delta of insulating material
5. Study the variation of Volume Resistivity of Transformer oil with temperature
6. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage test on 11 kV High voltage line materials
7. Measurement of BDV, Flash point and Fire point of Insulating oils
8. Study of Paschen‘s Law and insulation resistance of paper
9. Survey of lighting in the classroom and spatial magnetic field in the vicinity of overhead
power lines.
10. Survey of Magnetic field in 33KV power line and surrounding of 33/11KV and 11kV/415
V substation.
Text Books, Laboratory Manuals
and/or
reference
material

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 1 2 1 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
ELECTRICAL
MACHINE
EES753 PCR 0 0 3 3 1.5
DESIGN
SESSIONAL
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT) and end assessment (EA))
EEC402 (ELECTRICAL CT+EA
MACHINES -I), EEC501
(ELECTRICAL MACHINES - II)
Course  CO1: Students will be able to use standard methods to determine accurate modeling/simulation
Outcomes parameters for various general-purpose transformers and induction machines.
 CO2: Students will be able to know the relationship between the design variables; current density,
electric fields, flux density, weight etc.; and how their interaction effects the design performance.
 CO3: Students will be able to choose appropriate materials for electrical machine design.
 CO4: Students will be able to use modeling/simulation parameters with standard equivalent circuit
models to predict correctly the expected performance of various general-purpose transformers and
induction machines.
 CO5: Students will be able use accepted national and international standards to select appropriate
electrical machines to meet specified performance requirements.
Topics Design of Transformer: Output equation, Optimum design, Design of core, Design
Covered of yoke, Window dimensions, Design of windings, Design of insulation, Overall dimensions. (12)
Transformer Design Details: Resistance of winding, Leakage reactance of winding, Regulation and
Efficiency, Temperature rise, Cooling. (9)
Design of Induction Motors: Output equation, Standard frame size, Stator core, Shape and number
of stator slots, Stator winding, Length of air gap, Rotor core, Design of rotor bars and slots, Design
of end rings, No load current, Losses and Efficiency, Temperature rise. (21)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. A. K. Sawhney & A. Chakrabarti, Electrical Machine Design, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
reference Reference Books:
material 1. S. K. Sen, Principles of Electrical Machine Design with Computer Programs, Oxford & IBH
Publishing Company Pvt. Limited.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 2 3 3

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 3

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Semester - VIII

Code Subject L T S C H
EEE810 -- Depth Elective - 6 3 0 0 3.0 3
YYO84* Open Elective - 4 3 0 0 3.0 3
YYO85* Open Elective - 5 3 0 0 3.0 3
EES851 Project - II 0 0 15 5.0 15
EES852 Project Seminar 0 0 0 1.0 0
EES853 Viva Voce 0 0 0 1.0 0
TOTAL 9 0 15 16.0 24

2018 ONWARD UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION BATCH


DEPTH ELECTIVE COURSE BASKETS
THE STUDENTS PRIMARILY WILL OPT FROM THE DEPTH ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED IN A
PARTICULAR SEMESTER BY HIS/ HER OWN DEPARTMENT. HOWEVER, A STUDENT CAN OPT FOR DEPTH
ELECTIVE SUBJECT(S) THAT ARE OFFERED BY OTHER DEPARTMENT IN A PARTICULAR SEMESTER, WITH THE
PERMISSION/ CONSENT FROM HIS/ HER HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT AND THE CONCERNED TEACHER OF
THAT SUBJECT

Departmental Elective: EIGHTH SEMESTER


Subject Code Subject Name
EEE810 Power System Transients & Power Quality
EEE811 Smart Grid
EEE812 Power system Reliability

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE 810 POWER SYSTEM PEL 3 0 0 3 3
TRANSIENTS &
POWER QUALITY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC 301 (NETWORK ANALYSIS CT+MT+EA
AND SYNTHESIS)
Course On completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Outcomes  CO1: Get an idea about nature of power system transients and analyze the electrical transients
in power systems.
 CO2: Understand causes of the transients and how these can be reduced or eliminated.
 CO3: Acquire knowledge of various power quality problems like transients and harmonics etc,
their mitigation and measuring techniques.
 CO4: Apply the concept of power system transients and power quality to solve various power
system abnormal situations.
 CO5: Evaluate the response of power system in presence of various transient & power quality
related issues.
 CO6: Design various circuits to protect power system in presence of various transient & power
quality related issues.
Topics Fundamental Notions about Electrical Transients: - Introduction, Circuit Parameters, Mathematical
Covered Statement of the Problem and its physical Interpretation, The Principle of Superposition (2)
Simple Switching Transients: - The circuit closing Transient, the recovery Transient initiated by the removal
of a short circuit, Double frequency transients (3)
Damping: - Some observation on the RLC circuits, the generalized damping curves, Resistance Switching,
Load Switching, Other forms of damping, Damping and frequency (3)
Abnormal Switching Transients: - Normal and abnormal Switching Transients, Current suppression,
Capacitance switching, Transformer Magnetizing Inrush Current, Ferro resonance (4)
Transients in DC circuits: - Introduction, Interruption of Direct Current in low voltage circuits, Transients
associated with HVDC circuit Breakers, Commutation Transients- The current Limiting static circuit breaker
(3)
Travelling waves and other Transients on Transmission Lines: - Circuit with distributed constants, the wave
equation, Reflection and Refraction of travelling waves, Behaviour of Travelling waves at line termination,
Lattice Diagram, Attenuation and Distortion of Travelling waves, switching operation involving Transmission
Lines. (4)
Protection of systems and Equipments against Transient Overvoltages:- Protection of Transmission Lines
against Lightning, Lightning Shielding of substation, Surge Suppressors, Surge Capacitors and Reactors, Surge
Protection of Rotating Machines (7)
Introduction to Power Quality: - Definition of Power Quality, Power Quality Terminology, Power Quality
Issues, Power Quality Progression (2)
Power Frequency Disturbance: - Common Power Frequency Disturbances, Voltage Sags, Cure for Low-
frequency Disturbances, Isolation Transformers, Voltage Regulators (3)
Harmonics:- Definition, Harmonic Number, Odd and even harmonics, Harmonic Phase Rotation and Phase
angle Relationship, Causes of voltage and current harmonics, Individual and Total Harmonic Distortion,
Harmonic Signatures-Fluroscent Lighting, Adjustable Speed Drives, Personal Computer and Monitor, Effect of
Harmonics on Power System Devices- Transformers, AC Motors, Capacitor Banks, Cables, Busways,
Protective devices, Harmonic Current mitigation- Equipment Design, Harmonic Current Cancellation,
Harmonic Filters (7)
Power Quality Measuring Devices and Measurement: - Harmonic Analyzers, Transient-Disturbance
Analyzers, Oscilloscopes, Data Loggers and Chart Recorders, True RMS Meters, Power Quality Measurement
(5)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. ―Electrical Transients in Power Systems‖, by Allan Greenwood; John Wiley & Sons; 2 nd edition, April
reference 1991.
material 2. ―Power Quality‖, by C. Sankaran; First Indian reprint, CRC press; 2009.
Reference Books:
1. ―Power system transients: A Statistical approach‖, by C. S. Indulkar and D. P. Kothari; PHI Learning
Private Ltd., 2nd edition 2010.
2. ―Understanding Power Quality Problems: Voltage Sags and Interruptions‖, by Math H.J. Bollen; IEEE
Press, 2001.
3. ―Power System Quality Assessment‖, by J. Arrillaga, N. R. Watson, S. Chen; John Wiley & Sons, 2000.
4. ―Transients in power systems‖, H.A.Peterson; Dover Publications, New York, 1963

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

CO2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

CO3 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

CO4 2 3 3 1 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 1

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 0 1 0 1 0

CO6 2 2 3 1 2 1 2 0 1 0 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE811 SMART GRID PEL 3 0 0 3 3

Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC601 (ADVANCED POWER CT+MT+EA
SYSTEMS),
EEE714(POWER SYSTEM
PLANNING, OPERATION OF
CONTROL SYSTEM AND
STABILITY)
Course  CO1: To understand various aspects of smart grid
Outcomes  CO2: To study various smart transmission and distribution technologies
 CO3: To appreciate distribution generation and smart consumption and know the regulations and
market models for smart grid
 CO4: To realize the operation of various Systems and its Functions used in the smart grid.
 CO5: To know about the initiative, present status, future aspects and development for smart gird.
Topics Introduction: Smart Grid Concept, overview of Micro Grid, Green Grid, Intelligent Grid and Smart
Covered Grid, Necessity of Smart Grid. (2)

Impact of Smart Grid: Business Value Chain Generation, Transmission and Distribution, Customer
Services, Market, Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). (3)

Fundamental Infrastructure: Concept of Electrinet SM, Local Energy Networks, Electric


Transportation, Low-Carbon Central Generation, Attributes of Smart Grid, Complexity and Standard
Organization. (4)

Architecture of Smart Grid: Visualizing the Power System in Real Time, Framework of Smart Grid,
Increasing System Capacity, Relieving Bottlenecks, Enabling a Self-Healing Grid, Enhanced
Connectivity to Consumers, Fast Simulation and Modeling, Energy Resources in Advanced
Automation. (7)

Systems And Functions: Distributed Control System (DCS), Energy Management Systems (EMS),
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA), Distribution Automation (DA), Power
Electronics-Based Controllers, Power Market Tools Advanced Meter Infrastructure (AMI), Demand
Response, Distributed Energy Resources (DERs), Distributed Generation (DG), Electric Vehicle
(EV), Energy Storage (ES). (8)

Electric Energy Efficiency: Power Plant Electricity Use, Electric Energy Efficiency in Power
Production & Delivery, Efficiency in Power Delivery, Conservation Voltage Reduction. (4)

Perfect Power System: Vision of Perfect Power System, Perfect Electric Energy Service System,
Design Criteria, Perfect Power System Configurations, Fully Integrated Power System, Smart Grid
Module with Core Factors, Graphical Representation of Smart Grid Features. (6)

Smart Grid Progress: Status of Smart Grid in European Country, US, Present Power Scenario in
India, Recent Initiatives, Strategy and Planning to Implement Smart Grid in Developed and
Developing Countries. (6)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Fereidoon P. Sioshansi, ―Smart Grid: Integrating Renewable, distributed & Efficient Energy‖, Academic
reference Press (imprint of Elsevier), 2012.
material 2. Andres Carvallo, John Cooper, ―The Advanced Smart Grid: Edge Power Driving Sustainability‖, Artech
House, Boston London, 2011
Reference Books:
1. Clark W. Gellings, ―The smart grid: enabling energy efficiency and demand response‖, The Fairmont-CRC
Press, 2010.
2. James Momoh, ―Smart Grid: Fundamentals of Design and Analysis‖, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2012.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

CO2 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1

CO3 2 3 3 2 2 2 1 0 1 0 0 1

CO4 2 3 2 1 2 2 1 0 1 0 0 1

CO5 2 2 3 1 2 2 1 0 1 0 0 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEE812 Power system PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Reliability
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC401(POWERSYSTEMS-I) CT+MT+EA
EEC501(POWER SYSTEMS– II)
EEC 601: ADVANCED POWER
SYSTEMS

Course CO1: Understand the importance of maintaining reliability of power system components
Outcomes CO2: Assess the different models of system components used in reliability studies.
CO3: Apply expressions for Reliability analysis of series-parallel and Non-series parallel systems in
practical power systems.
CO4: Evaluate reliability of generation, transmission and distribution systems using different
reliability indices.
CO5: Analyse required for generation, transmission and distribution systems expansion.
CO6: Design reliable power system considering generation, transmission & distribution together.
Topics Basic Reliability Concepts: The general reliability function. The exponential distribution, Definition
Covered of different reliability indices, Mean time to failures, series and parallel systems, Recursive
techniques, Simple series and parallel system models. 8
Generating Capacity – Basic Probability Methods: The generation system model, Loss of load
indices, Capacity expansion analysis, scheduled outages. Load forecast uncertainty Loss of energy
indices. The frequency and duration method. 8
Transmission Systems Reliability Evaluation: Radial configuration, Conditional probability
approach, Network configurations, State selection, System and load point Indices. 8
Distribution Systems Reliability Evaluation: Evaluation Techniques, Additional interruption indices,
Effect of lateral distribution protection, Effect of disconnects. 6
Introduction to Power System Planning: Basic Principles, Power System Elements, Power System
Structure , Power System Studies, Power System Planning Issues, Static Versus Dynamic Planning,
Transmission Versus Distribution Planning, Long-term Versus Short-term Planning, Basic Issues in
Transmission Planning 6
Single-bus Generation Expansion Planning: Problem Definition, Problem Description, Mathematical
Development 2
Multi-bus Generation Expansion Planning: Problem Description, Mathematical Formulation
2
Network Expansion Planning: Problem Definition, Problem Description, Problem Formulation
2
Text Books, TEXT BOOKS:
and/or 1. ―Reliability evaluation of Engineering systems‖, Roy Billinton and Ronald N Allan, BS
reference Publications.
material 2. ―Reliability Engineering‖, Elsayed A. Elsayed, Prentice Hall Publications.
3. ―Reliability Evaluation of Power Systems‖, Roy Billinton and Ronald Allan Pitam springer, 1996.
4. ―Electric Power System Planning Issues Algorithms and Solutions‖, Seifi, Hossein, Sepasian,
Mohammad Sadegh, Springer

REFERENCES:
1. ―Reliability Engineering: Theory and Practice‖, By Alessandro Birolini, Springer Publications.
2. ―An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering‖, Charles Ebeling, TMH
Publications.
3. ―Reliability Engineering‖, E. Balaguruswamy, TMH Publications.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1

CO2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

CO3 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 1 1 0

CO5 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0

CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 1 1 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Open Elective: Basket– 4 (8th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO840 Microgrid systems
EEO841 Biomedical Instrumentation
EEO842 Renewable Energy
EEO843 Digital Image Processing

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code course (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (L) (T) (P) Hours
(PEL)
EEO840 Microgrid PEL 3 0 0 3 3
systems
Pre-requisites: Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course  CO1: Acquire an idea about microgrid and its operations.
Outcomes  CO2: To learn the different components of the microgrid systems.
 CO2: To study different types of microgrid and different control strategies.
 CO3: To model and calculate different parameters of the renewable sources
and the energy storage system of microgrid.
 CO4: To learn different active and reactive power control strategies of
microgrid.
 CO5: To understand the future applications of microgrid and its role in the
electrical ecosystem.
Topics 1. Introduction: What is microgrid, advantage of microgrid over traditional systems,
Covered architecture of microgrid, operating modes of microgrid. (2L).
2. Components of microgrid: Local generation, different loads, storage system,
converters, filters, monitoring and control system (4L).
3. Classification of microgrid: AC, DC, and hybrid microgrid, architecture and
components of different microgrids, classification based on control strategies,
centralized and decentralized control (5L).
4. Renewable sources: PV source, modelling of PV source, MPPT of PV source,
different components of wind turbine, MPPT control of wind turbine, effect of
uncertainty on PV and wind power (6L).
5. Energy storage system: Advantage of ESS, different type, integration of ESS,
importance of storage system in microgrid (4L).
6. Microgrid power control: ABC/DQ, DQ/ABC transformation, centralized P-Q
control, droop control, master-slave control, peer to peer control (6L).
7. Role of microgrid in future electricity ecosystem: Decarbonisation,
digitalization, decentralization, load forecasting, load shedding, energy
management. (7L).
Text Books, Text Book:
and/or HANDBOOK ON MICROGRIDS FOR POWER QUALITY AND CONNECTIVITY– Asian
Reference Development Bank
Material Reference Book:
Microgrid Technologies– C.Sharmeela, P.Shivaraman, P.Sanjeevikumar (Wiley)

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 0 2 1

CO3 2 3 3 3 3 0 2 1 2 0 2 0

CO4 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 0 2 2

CO5 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 0 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
Electives (PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO841 BIOMEDICAL
INSTRUMENTATION! PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course • CO 1: Familiarization with biomedical equipment‘s and transducers
Outcomes • CO2: Introduction to biomedical signal conditioners
• CO3: Acquiring knowledge about development of bio potentials and their measurements.
• CO4: Introduction patient health care monitoring
• CO5: Introduction to computerized imaging techniques
Topics Covered Introduction to biomedical Instrumentation, biomedical electronics, Components of Analog and
digital circuits. (8)
Various types of signal conditioners, signal conditioning processes. (8)
Generation of Nernst Potential, Establishment of diffusion potential, Goldmann Equation,
Measurement of membrane potential, resting potential, action potential. (6)
Use of electrodes for measurement of bio potentials, polarization in electrodes, principle of
operation of Ag/AgCl electrode, Equivalent circuit of electrode. (6)
Measurement of ECG, Einthoven triangle method, unipolar and bipolar limb leads, ECG
amplifiers, Problems encountered in ECG recording. (6)
Introduction to medical imaging, Radiography, Computerized tomography, X Ray, -CT, MRI. (8)

Text Books, Text Books:


and/or reference 1. John Enderle. Joseph Brinzino, Introduction to Biomedical Engineering, Elsevier, 2012.
material 2. John G Webster, Medical Instrumentation, Application & Design, John Wiley & Sons,
2009
Reference Books:
1. L. Cromwell, Fred J. Weibell, Erich A. Pfeiffer, Biomedical Instrumentation &
Measurements, PHI, 2014
2. Arthur C Guyton, John E Hall, Textbook of Medical Physiology, Elsevier, 2006:

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO842 RENEWABLE PEL 3 0 0 3 3
ENERGY
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC01 (ELECTRICAL CT+MT+EA
TECHNOLOGY)
Course  CO1: To understand the basics of Energy System and overall energy resources
Outcomes  CO2: To design the solar and wind power plant
 CO3: To understand the tidal, geothermal energy, biomass and other resources and principles
 CO4: To understand the energy conservation opportunities and energy saving
Topics Introduction: Energy system as electrical system, Energy chain, National and International Energy
Covered scenario, various non-conventional energy resources-importance, classification relative merits and
demerits, Carbon emission, carbon credit, Paris environmental meet for awareness of emission. (9)
Solar photovoltaic: Introduction, solar radiation & its relationship with photovoltaic effect.
Photovoltaic concentration, photovoltaic systems-standalone, Solar Constants, Definition of solar
thermal: Thermal characteristics of solar radiation, solar collectors: -materials, types, focusing. Solar
thermal power plant: layout and arrangement, solar cooling, recent developments. (8)
Wind power and its sources, site selection criterion, wind characteristics, momentum theory,
Classification of wind machines. Wind mills-different design & their control, wind generators-
different types, wind farms & grid. Wind generation in India. Wind Power and maximum power
equation. Wind penetration & its effects, economic issues, recent developments, international
scenario. (6)
Principles of tidal power generation, components of power plant, Single and two basin systems,
Estimation of energy, Maximum and minimum power ranges. Ocean and geothermal Energy,
geothermal power plant. OTEC Principle, Open cycle and closed cycle. (4)
Bio fuel, Conversion of biomass, Biofuel classification, Biomass production for Energy farming,
direct combustion for heat-pyrolysis-thermochemical process, Anaerobic digestion- Digester sizing-
waste and residues, vegetable oils and biodiesels, Applications of Biogas, Social and environmental
aspects. (5)
Fuel Cell: Basic construction & principle of operation of fuel cell, Fuel cell power plants & its
integration with wind and solar photovoltaic systems. Geothermal Energy, Dry Steam power plant,
Single and Double Flash power plant and integration in electrical system/Grid. (5)
Energy conservation opportunities, Type of energy audit, energy audit report. Saving of energy with
energy economics. (5)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. G.D. Rai, Non-conventional energy resources, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2003.
reference 2. N. G. Clavert, Wind Power Principle, their application on small scale, Calvert Technical Press.
material 3. Fuel Cell Handbook, Parsons Inc.
4. Earnest and T. Wizelius, Wind Power Plants and Projects development, PHI

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1
3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO3
2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO4
2 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 2 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO843 DIGITAL IMAGE
PROCESSING PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course  CO1: Good understanding of several image enhancement techniques and their application to solve
Outcomes real life problem
 CO2: Sufficient expertise in both theory and application of several image processing tasks such as
image restoration, image compression, and image segmentation.
 CO3: Expertise of several techniques for analysis of images
 CO4: Develop basic problem-solving skills as they apply to different situations as an
Topics Introduction: Image digitization, Pixel relationship, Distance transformation, Image transformation
Covered viz. 2-D DFT, 2-D discrete cosine transform (DCT) (8)
Image Enhancement: Point and algebraic operations, edge detection and sharpening, Filtering in the
spatial domain, Histogram equalization, Histogram specification, sharpening filters and gradient
operators, Introduction to frequency domain filtering using Fourier Transform; Basics of 2D Fourier
Transform, Butterworth and Gaussian filters. (10)
Image Restoration: Degradation models, Mean Filters, Order Statistics, Adaptive filters, Band reject
Filters, Band pass Filters, Notch Filters, Optimum Notch Filtering, Inverse Filtering, Wiener
filtering. (6)
Color Image Processing: Color image fundamentals - RGB, HSI and CMY models (8)
Image Segmentation: Contour and shape dependent feature extraction, textural features, region-
based and feature-based segmentation and level set method. (10)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzalez & Richard E Woods
reference 2. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing by Anil K Jain
material 3. Digital Image Processing by William K Pratt

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 2

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 2

CO4 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 3 2 2

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)
Open Elective: Basket– 5 (8th Semester)

Subject Code Subject Name


EEO850 Soft Computing Techniques
EEO851 Embedded Systems and Applications
EEO852 Micro-Electro-Mechanical Systems

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO850 SOFT COMPUTING
TECHNIQUE PEL 3 0 0 3 3
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEE 610(NUMERICAL CT+MT+EA
ANALYSIS)
Course  CO1: For a given non-linear or non-derivative problem, tune the control parameters of adaptive
Outcomes particle swarm optimization (APSO) for efficiently controlling the global exploration and local
exploitation.
 CO2. Analyze the genetic algorithms, PSO, DE and their applications
 CO3: For a given single objective problem (SOP), apply binary coded genetic algorithm (BCGA)
and real coded genetic algorithm (RCGA) with different types of crossovers, mutation and also
understand the impact of different parent selection strategies.
 CO4: For a given multi-objective problem, explain the significance of Difference vector in
Differential Evolutionary (DE) technique and also illustrate self-adaptive differential evolutionary
(SADE) technique.
 CO5: For a given problem, describe fuzzy knowledge base controller (FKBC) showing
information and computational flow with membership function, rule base and defuzzification.
 CO6: For a given problem, logically clarify the impact of hidden layers in artificial neuron
network (ANN) and also stepwise explicate the back propagation algorithm of ANN.
Topics Hard Computing and Soft-Computing techniques, Conventional & non-conventional approaches,
Covered limitations of hard computing techniques, merits & demerits of soft-computing techniques, practical
examples associated with soft-computing techniques. (3)
Fundamental concept of optimization techniques and necessity of optimization techniques, types of
optimization techniques, coding, fitness/objective function, algorithms. (2)
Introduction of Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) algorithm, Bird flocking & fish schooling,
velocity, inertia weight factor, pbest solution, gbest solution, local optima, global optima,
Flowchart/algorithm, examples, new modifications of PSO, Parameter Selection in PSO. (6)
Introduction of genetic algorithm, Binary coding & decoding, Genetic modelling, Reproduction,
Crossover, Mutation, importance of crossover and mutation operators, parent selection strategy,
parent selection methods, Flowchart/algorithm, drawback of binary coded genetic algorithm
(BCGA), real coded genetic algorithm (RCGA), examples. (6)
Fundamentals of Differential Evolution algorithm, difference vector and its significance, Mutation
and crossover, comparisons among DE, PSO and GA, Examples, new modifications of DE,
Improved DE schemes for noisy optimization problems. (6)
Biological neural networks, Model of an artificial neuron, neural network architecture,
Characteristics of neural network, learning methods, Taxonomy of neural network architecture, Back
propagation networks, architecture of a back propagation network, back propagation learning,
Examples, RBF network, Associative memory, Adaptive resonance theory. (7)
Fuzzy set theory, Fuzzy systems, crisp sets and fuzzy sets, fuzzy set operations and approximate
reasoning, Fuzzification, inferencing and defuzzification, Fuzzy knowledge and rule bases,
examples. (6)
Applications of Soft Computing to various fields of engineering. (6)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. Devendra K. Chaturvedi, ―Soft Computing- techniques and its application in electrical
reference engineering‖, Springer, 2008.
material 2. Carlos A. Coello,Garry B. Lamont, David A. van Veldhuizen, ―Evolutionary Algorithms for
solving Multi-objective Problems‖, Second Edition, Springer, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Jyh-Shing Roger Jang, Chuen-Tsai Sun &EijiMizutani, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing: A
Computational Approach to Learning and Machine Intelligence, Prentice Hall
2. S. Rajasekaran and G. A. VijayalakshmiPai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and genetic
Algorithm Synthesis and Applications, PHI
3. L. A. Zadeh, Fuzzy Sets and Applications, John Wiley & Sons

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)


POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1

CO2 3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 1

CO3 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO4 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO5 3 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3 2 1

CO6 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Title of the course Program Core Total Number of contact hours Credit
Code (PCR) / Electives Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PEL) (L) (T) (P) Hours
EEO851 EMBEDDED
SYSTEMS AND PEL 3 0 0 3 3
APPLICATION
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT) and end
assessment (EA))
EEC403 (DIGITAL CT+MT+EA
ELECTRONICS)
Course  CO1: Demonstrate programming proficiency using the various addressing modes and data transfer
Outcomes instructions of the target microprocessor microcontroller.
 CO2: Identify—and exercise—opportunities for hardware and software trade-offs.
 CO3: Design of interfacing circuits such as memory, keyboard, display, ADC, DAC, DMA etc.
and programming in assembly language for typical microprocessor-based system.
 CO4: Given peripheral devices such as memory, ADC, DIOs, etc., design of interfacing circuit,
and writing algorithms to fulfil a given specific application.
 CO5: Programming processor specific and processor independent software for different complex
embedded system applications.
Topics Introduction to Embedded systems: Introduction – Features – Microprocessors – ALU - Von
Covered Neumann and Harvard Architecture, Classification, SPP, ASIC, ASIP, CISC and RISC - Instruction
pipelining. General characteristics of embedded system, introduction to different components etc. (3)
Basic Microprocessor architectures, organizations and Instruction sets. (4)
Memory Classification: ROM, EPROM, EEPROM, RAM. (4)
Various types of Interrupts. (2)
Programmable Peripheral Devices and Interfacing 8255, 8259, 8257, 8251, 8253, ADC, DAC and
Practical Applications. (4)
Microcontroller 89CX51/52 Series: Characteristics and Features, Overview of Architectures, and
Peripherals, Timers, Counters, Serial communication, Digital I/O Ports. (3)
Microcontroller PIC Series: Characteristics and Features, Overview of architectures, and
Peripherals, Interrupts, Timers, watch-dog timer, I/O port Expansion, analog-to-digital converter,
UART, I2C and SPI Bus for Peripheral Chips, Accessories and special features. (4)
ARM Architecture: Evolution, Characteristics and Features, Overview of architectures, Modes,
Registers etc. (6)
Software architecture and RTOS: Software Architecture: Round Robin- Round Robin with interrupts
-Function Queue. Scheduling Architecture RTOS: Architecture -Tasks and Task States -Tasks and
Data -Semaphores and Shared Data Message Queues -Mail Boxes and pipes -Timer Functions -
Events -Memory Management, Interrupt Routines. (6)
Applications of Embedded systems in different field of engineering. (6)
Text Books, Text Books:
and/or 1. The 8085 Microprocessor: Author: Ramesh Gaonkar, Pub: PRI
reference 2. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded System: Author: Muhammad Ali Mazidi & J. G.
material Mazidi.
3. Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing: Author: Badri Ram, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd. Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design, Ral Kamal TMH, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. Embedded Systems Design, Heath Steve, Second Edition-2003, Newnes,
2. Computers as Components; Principles of Embedded Computing System Design, Wayne Wolf
Harcourt India, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, First Indian Reprint. 2001.
3. Embedded Systems Design – A unified Hardware /Software Introduction, Frank Vahid and
Tony Givargis, John Wiley, 2002.

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs
CO1 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 1 1 1

CO2 3 1 2 1 1 1 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO5 3 3 3 1 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

Department of Electrical Engineering


Course Code Title of the course Program Total Number of contact hours Credit
Core Lecture Tutorial Practical Total
(PCR) / (L) (T) (P) Hours
Electives
(PEL)
EEO852 MICRO-
ELECTROMECHANICAL PEL 3 0 0 3 3
SYSTEM
Pre-requisites Course Assessment methods (Continuous (CT), mid-term (MT)
and end assessment (EA))
CT+MT+EA
Course Outcomes  CO1: Understanding the fundamentals of MEMS technology and its applications
 CO2: To study and learn the different aspects of Microfabrication Procedures.
 CO3: To learn about the Microfabrication Procedures.
 CO4: To study about the Microsensors and Micro actuators and their application.
 CO5: Learn about the RF-MEMS and Bio-MEMS techniques and applications.
 CO6: To learn the modelling and computer simulation techniques for
MEMS designs.
Topics Covered Introduction to MEMS: Introduction to MEMS technology, Why MEMS, Advantages,
Applications, examples of MEMS devices, MEMS in Electronic Industries, VLSI
Technology for fabrication of integrated circuits chips. (3)
Fundamentals of Microfabrication Procedures: Introduction to Thin Film Technology,
Clean rooms, Surface Micromachining, MEMS fabrications process flow (Deposition,
Lithography and Etching), MEMS fabrication instruments, MEMS fabrication bench,
Micromachining, Surface Modelling. (3)
Thin Film Deposition Techniques: Substrate Materials, Silicon Wafer, Metal Polymer,
Plastic substrate, Thin Film Deposition Process, Physical Deposition process, Chemical
Vapour Deposition, Sputtering, Electrodeposition, Electroplating, and Oxidation. (5).
Fundamentals of Lithography: Introduction to Thin Film Technology, Different
Lithography Technique, Mask and Mask Material, Photoresists, Positive Photoresists,
Negative Photoresists, Lift-off, LIGA. (5)
Etching Procedures: Need for etching process, different etching techniques, wet etching,
dry etching, etching materials, Chemical Etching, Plasma Etching, precautions. (5)
Micro sensors and Micro actuators: Accelerometers, Gyroscopes, Angle-Sensors,
Pressure Sensor, Microphones and MEMS sensors. (3)
Introduction to BioMEMS: MEMS technology in biomedical applications,
Microelectrodes for Biomedical Engineering, Introduction to Microfluidics and its
Applications. (4)
RF MEMS: MEMS for telecommunications (RF MEMS), RF MEMS Components,
RFMEMS applications, Recent RF MEMS development, RF MEMS Limitations, RF
MEMS Challenges. (3)
Computational Modeling of MEMS and MEMS Devices: Overview of MEMS-CAD
software; followed by tour of MEMS Design Centre, COMSOL, IntelliSuite. (4)
Recent Development in Micro technology: Introduction to Nanotechnology, Carbon
Nanotube, Graphene, CNT Sensors Graphene Sensors. (3)
Text Books, and/or reference Text Books:
material 1. An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering: Nadim Maluf,
Artech House, 2000
2. Microsystem Technology: Wolfgang Menz, Jürgen Mohr, Oliver Paul, John Wiley &
Sons, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering: Nadim Maluf, Kirt
Williams, Artech House, 2004.
2. Fundamentals of Microfabrication: The Science of Miniaturization, Marc J. Madou,
CRC Press; 2nd Ed. 2002.
3. MEMS: A Practical Guide to Design, Analysis, and Applications: Jan Korvink
Oliver Paul, William Andrew; 1 edition (November 14, 2005

Mapping of CO (Course Outcome) and PO (Programme Outcome)

POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
COs

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 2 1

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 2 1

CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2

CO5 3 3 3 2 3 1 2 2 2 1 2 2

CO6 2 2 3 2 3 1 1 1 3 0 3 1

Correlation levels 1, 2 or 3 as defined below:


1: Slight (Low) 2: Moderate (Medium) 3: Substantial (High)

You might also like